6-K

FORM 6-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of August 2018

SANTANDER UK PLC

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

2 Triton Square, Regent’s

Place, London NW1 3AN, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F . . . ..X. . . . Form 40-F . . . . . . . .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes . . . . . . . No . . .X. . . .

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY INCORPORATES ALL PARTS OF THIS REPORT ON FORM 6-K BY REFERENCE INTO REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-213861 FILED BY THE REGISTRANT WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FORM F-3ASR UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

This Report on Form 6-K contains references to websites of the registrant and its affiliates. The registrant is not incorporating by reference any information posted on such websites.

Half Yearly Financial Report 2018

Santander UK plc

PART OF THE BANCO SANTANDER GROUP

Important information for readers

Santander UK plc and its subsidiaries (collectively Santander UK or the Santander UK group) operate primarily in the UK, and are part of Banco Santander (comprising Banco Santander SA and its subsidiaries). Santander UK plc is regulated by the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and certain other companies within the Santander UK group are regulated by the FCA.

This Half Yearly Financial Report contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in such forward-looking statements. See ‘Forward-looking statements’ in the Shareholder information section.

None of the websites referred to in this Half Yearly Financial Report on Form 6-K for the six months ended 30 June 2018 (the Form 6-K), including where a link is provided, nor any of the information contained on such websites, is incorporated by reference in the Form 6-K.

Santander UK plc

Half Yearly Financial Report 2018

Contents
Introduction	2
Financial review	5
Risk review	14
Financial statements	41
Shareholder information	66
Other information for US investors	68

Santander UK plc 1

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report

Introduction

The Company sets out in this report a fair review of its business and a description of its principal risks and uncertainties, including a balanced and comprehensive analysis of the development and performance of the business in the first half of the year and of its position at the end of the period.

Principal activities and business review

Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively, Santander UK or the Santander UK group) is a major financial services provider, offering a wide range of personal financial products and services, and is a growing participant in the corporate banking market.

Ring-fencing progress to date

We have made significant progress in the implementation of our ring-fence structure this year ahead of the 1 January 2019 ring-fencing legislation deadline.

Our model ensures minimal customer disruption and maintains longer-term flexibility. The majority of our customer loans and assets as well as customer deposits and liabilities will remain within Santander UK plc, our principal ring-fenced bank. Prohibited businesses which cannot be transacted within the ring-fence include our derivatives business with financial institutions and certain corporates and elements of our short-term markets business, will be transferred to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander. A small amount of residual activity or businesses which, for legal or operational reasons cannot remain inside the ring-fence and cannot be transferred, will remain in the Santander UK group, outside the ring-fence bank. This includes legacy contracts, the employee sharesave scheme and offshore deposits.

Our transition to a ‘wide’ ring-fence structure to serve our retail, commercial and corporate customers is now approaching completion following the achievement of several major milestones. We received Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme at the Part VII Sanctions Hearing, which took place on 11 and 12 June 2018.

In June 2018, we transferred customer loans totalling £0.7bn from CIB to Banco Santander London Branch. The remaining transfers to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander were completed in July 2018. Furthermore, planned novations were finalised before the Part VII migrations, and short-term funding activity has now been transferred to Santander UK plc from Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

International Financial Reporting Standard 9 (IFRS 9)

On 1 January 2018, Santander UK transitioned to IFRS 9 from the former standard IAS 39. The initial impact on the CET1 capital ratio was 8bps before the application of any regulatory transitional arrangements, which we are adopting and which are expected to reduce the amount impacting CET1 in 2018.

The accounting policy changes for IFRS 9, as set out in Note 1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, have been applied from 1 January 2018. Comparatives have not been restated.

Development and performance of our business in H118

Delivering for customers in a competitive and uncertain operating environment

We have continued to deliver for our customers in a competitive market with strong net mortgage growth to UK homeowners and focused lending growth to trading businesses, driven by an emphasis on customer experience and loyalty.

The competitive and uncertain operating environment has resulted in profit before tax of £905m, down 15% year-on-year. However, we still continued to deliver attractive shareholder returns.

The progress made recently is encouraging with Q2 profit before tax of £490m, up 18% quarter-on-quarter, importantly with some improvement in costs. Our investment in business transformation initiatives also continued despite significantly higher regulatory, risk and control spend for projects, such as GDPR, PSD2 and MiFID II.

Strong and sustainable foundations

We have strong and sustainable foundations in place and the right approach to succeed and our focus remains on long-term customer loyalty.

We maintained our robust balance sheet and prudent approach to risk and continued to build CET1 capital, up 50bps in the first half to 12.7%. Credit quality remained strong, with a low NPL ratio of 1.25%.

Taking action to transform the bank for the future

Cost discipline is a key priority for management. We are progressing with our 2018 efficiency initiatives and expect the benefits of our actions to come through in the second half of the year. By further simplifying our organisation and continuing to harness digital technology going forward, we will improve our operational efficiency and deliver on our purpose – to help people and businesses prosper.

2 Santander UK plc

> Introduction

2018 outlook

We expect our gross mortgage lending and lending to UK companies to be broadly in line with market growth for the rest of the year. Our lending growth to trading business customers is expected to remain strong, and we will continue to actively manage our CRE exposures.

As previously guided, we expect net interest income for 2018 to be lower than in 2017, as a result of ongoing competition in new mortgage pricing and SVR attrition. SVR attrition is expected to be broadly in line with the net £5.5bn reduction in 2017, with increased customer refinancing into fixed rate products influenced by low mortgage rates and the competitive mortgage market.

We expect costs for 2018 to be higher than in 2017, however we are progressing with our efficiency programme and expect the benefits of our actions to come through in the second half of the year. We will also continue to invest in business transformation initiatives, which will improve our customer experience and deliver operational efficiencies.

We will continue to actively manage growth in certain business areas, in line with our proactive risk management policies and medium-low risk profile. These actions will help deliver sustainable results while supporting our customers in an uncertain environment.

Since 30 June 2018, trends evident in the business operating results have not changed significantly.

Our principal risks and uncertainties

Information on our principal risks and uncertainties is set out in the Risk review by type of risk. Except where noted, there has been no significant change to the description of these risks or key mitigating actions as set out in the 2017 Annual Report.

Key performance indicators

The directors of the Company’s parent, Santander UK Group Holdings plc, manage the operations of the Santander UK Group Holdings plc group (which includes the Santander UK plc group) on a business division basis. The Company’s Directors believe that analysis using key performance indicators for the Company is not necessary or appropriate for an understanding of the development, performance or position of the Company. As a result, key performance indicators are not set, monitored or managed at the Santander UK plc group level. The development and performance of the business of the Santander UK plc group is set out in the ‘Income statement review’ section of the Financial review. The key performance indicators of the Santander UK Group Holdings plc group can be found on page 3 of its 2018 Half Yearly Financial Report, which does not form part of this report.

By Order of the Board

Nathan Bostock

Director

9 August 2018

Santander UK plc 3

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report

This page left intentionally blank

4 Santander UK plc

> Income statement review

Financial review

Contents
Income statement review	6
Summarised Consolidated Income Statement	6
Profit before tax by segment	7
– Retail Banking	7
– Commercial Banking	8
– Corporate  & Investment Banking	9
– Corporate Centre	10
Balance sheet review	11
Business development highlights	13

Santander UK plc 5

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial review

Income statement review

SUMMARISED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

	Half year to 30 June 2018 £m			Half year to 30 June 2017 £m
Net interest income		1,811			1,922
Non-interest income(1)		501			591
Total operating income		2,312			2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(1,283	)		(1,215	)
Credit impairment losses(2)		(91	)		(48	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(33	)		(186	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(124	)		(234	)
Profit before tax		905			1,064
Tax on profit		(256	)		(323	)
Profit after tax for the period		649			741
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent		637			730
Non-controlling interests		12			11
Profit after tax for the period		649			741

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

(2) Credit impairment losses for H118 are calculated on an IFRS 9 basis and for H117 on an IAS 39 basis. For more on this change in methodology see the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H118 compared to H117

Profit before tax was down 15%.

By income statement line, the movements were:

– Net interest income was down 6%, impacted by the fall in average new mortgage pricing in 2017 and SVR attrition⁽³⁾ (H118: £2.4bn; H117: £2.5bn), partially offset by liability margin improvement.

– Non-interest income was down 15%, largely due to the absence of the £48m gain on sale of Vocalink Holdings Limited shareholdings in H117 as well as lower income in CIB. Additionally, income was impacted by the absence of mark-to-market movements on asset portfolios in the Corporate Centre in H117, partially offset by an increases in Retail Banking and Commercial Banking income.

– Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges were up 6% due to a number of regulatory, risk and control projects, such as GDPR, PSD2 and MiFID II, which were implemented in the first half of 2018. The impact of these projects increased costs which were only partially offset by operational and digital efficiencies.

– Credit impairment losses were up 90%. This was primarily due to a charge for a single CIB customer, which moved to non-performing in 2017 and was materially provided for in Q118, as well as a charge for a 2018 drawdown by Carillion plc. Overall credit quality remained good across all customer loan books. In addition, mortgage releases were lower year-on-year.

– Provisions for other liabilities and charges were down 82%, largely due to the absence of the £69m PPI and £35m other conduct charges in H117 and an £11m release in other conduct provisions relating to interest rate derivatives.

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs was £301m, in line with our assumptions and claims experience. However, we will continue to monitor our provision levels, and take account of the impact of any further change in claims received.

The remaining other conduct provision was £31m, primarily relating to the sale of interest rate derivatives, following an ongoing review regarding regulatory classification of certain customers potentially eligible for redress. Following further analysis of the impacted population, management has assessed the provision requirements resulting in a release of £11m in H118.

– Tax on profit decreased 21% to £256m largely as a result of lower taxable profits and conduct provisions that were disallowed for tax purposes in H117. The effective tax rate was 28%.

(3) Calculation of SVR attrition includes balances relating to our Follow-on-Rate product, which was introduced in January 2018.

6 Santander UK plc

> Income statement review

PROFIT BEFORE TAX BY SEGMENT

This section contains a summary of our results, and commentary thereon, by income statement line item for each segment. The segmental information in this Half Yearly Financial Report reflects the reporting structure in place at the reporting date. For more, see Note 2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

RETAIL BANKING

Retail Banking offers a wide range of products and financial services to individuals and small businesses through a network of branches and ATMs, as well as through telephony, digital and intermediary channels. Retail Banking includes business banking customers, small businesses with an annual turnover of up to £6.5m, and Santander Consumer Finance, predominantly a vehicle finance business.

Summarised income statement

	Half year to         30 June 2018 £m			Half year to         30 June 2017 £m
Net interest income		1,587			1,657
Non-interest income(1)		305			300
Total operating income		1,892			1,957
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(965	)		(919	)
Credit impairment losses(2)		(52	)		(39	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(33	)		(155	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(85	)		(194	)
Profit before tax for the period		842			844

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

(2) Credit impairment losses for H118 are calculated on an IFRS 9 basis and for H117 on an IAS 39 basis. For more on this change in methodology see the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H118 compared to H117

Profit before tax decreased by £2m to £842m in H118 (H117: £844m). By income statement line, the movements were:

– Net interest income decreased 4%, driven by pressure on new mortgage lending margins and SVR attrition offsetting strong mortgage lending volumes.

– Non-interest income increased 2%, due to stronger consumer finance income partially offset by lower overdraft fees.

– Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges increased 5%, with higher regulatory, risk and control costs, investment in business growth and digital enhancements.

– Credit impairment losses increased to £52m, largely due to lower mortgage impairment releases with the customer loan book continuing to perform well.

– Provisions for other liabilities and charges were lower at £33m, due to the absence of additional PPI provisions in H117 and other conduct provision releases relating to interest rate derivatives.

Customer balances

	30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn
Mortgages		157.2		154.9
Business banking		1.8		1.9
Consumer (auto) finance		7.0		7.0
Other unsecured lending		5.3		5.2
Customer loans		171.3		169.0
Current accounts		68.0		67.3
Savings(1)		58.9		60.8
Business banking accounts		11.3		11.1
Other retail products(1)		9.4		10.1
Customer deposits		147.6		149.3
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)		44.3		44.1

(1) In March 2018, Cahoot current account and savings balances totalling £0.5bn transferred from ‘Other retail products’ to ‘Current accounts’ and ‘Savings’, and Isle of Man balances totalling £0.4bn transferred from ‘Savings’ to ‘Other retail products’. Prior periods have not been restated.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

– Mortgage lending increased £2.3bn, with higher approvals driven by management pricing actions and a focus on customer service and retention. In H118, mortgage gross lending was £14.6bn (H117: £11.6bn).

– Consumer (auto) finance balances were broadly flat. In H118, consumer (auto) finance gross lending was £1.9bn (H117: £1.7bn). Average Consumer (auto) loan size was c£12,500 (2017: £12,500).

– Average unsecured loan and credit card balance stock balances at 30 June 2018 were c£5,900 and c£1,000, respectively.

– Customer deposits decreased, primarily due to a decline of £1.9bn in savings balances and £0.7bn in other retail products. This was partially offset by a £0.7bn increase in current account balances. Business banking deposits increased to £11.3bn following steady inflows in Q2.

– RWAs were broadly stable, with an increase in customer loans partially offset by a reduction resulting from an update to our mortgage application model.

Santander UK plc 7

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial review

COMMERCIAL BANKING

Commercial Banking offers a wide range of products and financial services provided by relationship teams that are based in a network of regional Corporate Business Centres (CBCs) and through telephony and digital channels. The management of our customers is organised across two relationship teams - the Regional Corporate Bank (RCB) that covers non-property backed trading businesses that are UK domiciled with annual turnover above £6.5m and Specialist Sector Groups (SSG) that cover real estate, social housing, education, healthcare, and hotels.

Summarised income statement

	Half year to         30 June 2018 £m			Half year to         30 June 2017 £m
Net interest income		204			191
Non-interest income(1)		40			37
Total operating income		244			228
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(135	)		(109	)
Credit impairment losses(2)		(22	)		(3	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		7			(29	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(15	)		(32	)
Profit before tax for the period		94			87

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

(2) Credit impairment losses for H118 are calculated on an IFRS 9 basis and for H117 on an IAS 39 basis. For more on this change in methodology see the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H118 compared to H117

Profit before tax increased by £7m to £94m in H118 (H117: £87m). By income statement line, the movements were:

– Net interest income increased 7%, driven by improved asset and liability margins.

– Non-interest income was up £3m, with growth in asset restructuring fees, up 20%, digital and payment fees, up 16%, and international, up 7%, partially offset by a decline in rates management income.

– Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges were up 24%, driven by investments in expansion and enhancements to improve our asset finance business and digital capability.

– Credit impairment losses increased to £22m primarily due to a number of small charges, without material concentrations across sectors or portfolios in the period. The loan book continues to perform well and is supported by our prudent lending policy.

– Provision releases for other liabilities and charges of £7m mainly due to a conduct provision release.

Customer balances

	30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn
Trading business		11.7		11.5
Commercial Real Estate(1)		7.3		7.9
Customer loans		19.0		19.4
Customer deposits		17.0		18.7
RWAs		19.3		19.4

(1) Excludes Commercial Real Estate loans totalling £0.2bn to small business customers that are managed by Business banking in the Retail Banking business segment.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

– Customer loans were down at £19.0bn, with a managed reduction in CRE lending of £0.6bn, partially offset by £0.2bn growth in lending to non-property backed trading businesses.

– Customer deposits were down £1.7bn, with management pricing actions and working capital use by customers.

– RWAs were broadly flat, in line with customer loans.

Business volumes

	Half year to           30 June 2018		Half year to         30 June 2017
New facilities (£bn)		3.5		3.5
Bank account openings (No.)		1,640		1,620
Online banking (Connect) active users(1) (No.)		31,400		28,840

(1) Online banking (Connect) active users include both business banking and Commercial Banking customers.

H118 compared to H117

– We continue to attract new clients within our target sectors and deepen existing relationships. Our Relationship Managers are also building their portfolios by leveraging our comprehensive suite of products and services.

– Active users of our corporate online banking platform ‘Connect’ continued to increase, up 9%, driven by enhancements to the online platform, and access to our international product suite.

8 Santander UK plc

> Income statement review

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANKING

As part of a rebrand across the Banco Santander group, Global Corporate Banking (the UK segment of Santander Global Corporate Banking) has been branded as Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB).

Corporate & Investment Banking services corporate clients with a turnover of £500m and above per annum and financial institutions. CIB clients require specially tailored solutions and value-added services due to their size, complexity and sophistication. We provide these clients with products to manage currency fluctuations, protect against interest rate risk, and arrange capital markets finance and specialist trade finance solutions, as well as providing support to the rest of Santander UK’s business segments.

Summarised income statement

	Half year to      30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Net interest income		33			33
Non-interest income(1)		171			201
Total operating income		204			234
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(150	)		(145	)
Credit impairment losses(2)		(18	)		(9	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(2	)		–
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(20	)		(9	)
Profit before tax for the period		34			80

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

(2) Credit impairment losses for H118 are calculated on an IFRS 9 basis and for H117 on an IAS 39 basis. For more on this change in methodology see the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H118 compared to H117

Profit before tax decreased by £46m to £34m in H118 (H117: £80m). By income statement line, the movements were:

– Net interest income was flat at £33m.

– Non-interest income decreased to £171m, largely due to lower trading income.

– Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges were up 3% predominantly due to higher regulatory costs and investment in business growth and digital enhancements.

– Credit impairment losses increased to £18m, primarily due to a charge for a single CIB customer, which moved to non-performing in 2017 and was materially provided for in Q118, as well as a charge for a 2018 drawdown by Carillion plc. This was partially offset by some releases across portfolios due to customers moving from non-performing.

– Provisions for other liabilities and charges remained at a very low level at £2m.

Customer balances

	30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn
Customer loans		5.5		6.0
Customer deposits		4.5		4.5
RWAs		13.5		16.5

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

– Customer loans decreased to £5.5bn, largely due to a transfer of £0.7bn of customer assets from CIB to Banco Santander London Branch in June 2018, as part of our ring-fencing implementation, partially offset by normal lending growth.

– Customer deposits were flat at £4.5bn.

– RWAs decreased 18% to £13.5bn with the widening of the scope of our model for large corporates and a transfer of £0.7bn of customer assets to Banco Santander London Branch in June 2018. RWAs attributable to customer loans were £6.1bn (2017: £7.2bn).

Santander UK plc 9

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial review

CORPORATE CENTRE

Corporate Centre predominantly consists of the non-core corporate and legacy treasury portfolios. Corporate Centre is also responsible for managing capital and funding, balance sheet composition, structure, pension and strategic liquidity risk. To enable a more targeted and strategically aligned apportionment of capital and other resources, revenues and costs incurred in Corporate Centre are allocated to the three business segments. The non-core corporate and legacy treasury portfolios are being run-down and / or managed for value.

Summarised income statement

	Half year to         30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Net interest income / (expense)		(13	)		41
Non-interest income / (expense) (1)		(15	)		53
Total operating income / (expense)		(28	)		94
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(33	)		(42	)
Credit impairment losses(2)		1			3
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(5	)		(2	)
Total credit impairment releases/(losses), provisions and charges		(4	)		1
Loss before tax for the period		(65	)		53

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

(2) Credit impairment losses for H118 are calculated on an IFRS 9 basis and for H117 on an IAS 39 basis. For more on this change in methodology see the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H118 compared to H117

Profit before tax decreased by £118m to a loss of £65m in H118 (H117: £53m profit). By income statement line, the movements were:

– Net interest expense of £13m was impacted by the absence of the £39m accrued interest release in H117 and lower yields on non-core assets.

– Non-interest expense was impacted by the absence of the £48m gain on sale of Vocalink Holdings Limited shareholdings and mark-to-market movements on asset portfolios in H117, partially offset by hedging inefficiencies.

– Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges, represent regulatory compliance and project costs relating to Banking Reform of £28m as well as strategic investment in business transformation and growth initiatives.

– Credit impairment releases were immaterial in the first half of the year.

– Provisions for other liabilities and charges remained at a low level at £5m in the first half of the year.

Customer balances

	30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn
Non-core customer loans		5.2		5.9
– of which Social Housing		4.5		5.1
Customer deposits		3.5		3.4
RWAs		8.0		7.0

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

– Non-core customer loans decreased £0.7bn, as we continue to implement our exit strategy from individual loans and leases.

– Customer deposits remained broadly flat at £3.5bn.

– RWAs were higher at £8.0bn, due to temporary increases relating to ring-fencing, partially offset by a reduction in non-core customer loans with low average risk-weights. RWAs attributable to non-core customer loans amounted to £0.9bn (2017: £1.0bn).

– The structural hedge position at 30 June 2018 was c£89bn with an average duration of c2.2years. The majority of new mortgage flows were left un-hedged.

10 Santander UK plc

> Balance sheet review

Balance sheet review

SUMMARISED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks		21,342		32,771
Trading assets		19,158		30,555
Derivative financial instruments		3,838		19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss		2,710		2,096
Loans and advances to banks(1)		2,410		3,463
Loans and advances to customers(1)		200,950		199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading(1)		13,611		2,614
Financial investments		20,986		17,611
Interest in other entities		80		73
Property, plant and equipment		1,702		1,598
Retirement benefit assets		868		449
Tax, intangibles and other assets		4,736		4,253
Assets held for sale		24,241		–
Total assets		316,632		314,765
Liabilities
Deposits by banks(1)		15,655		12,708
Deposits by customers(1)		175,885		183,146
Repurchase agreements- non trading(1)		17,447		1,578
Trading liabilities		8,375		31,109
Derivative financial instruments		1,466		17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value		1,238		2,315
Debt securities in issue		46,004		42,633
Subordinated liabilities		3,758		3,793
Retirement benefit obligations		108		286
Tax, other liabilities and provisions		3,511		3,379
Liabilities held for sale		26,616		–
Total liabilities		300,063		298,560
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity		16,404		16,053
Non-controlling interests		165		152
Total equity		16,569		16,205
Total liabilities and equity		316,632		314,765

(1) From 1 January 2018, non-trading repurchase agreements and non-trading reverse repurchase agreements are now presented as separate lines in the balance sheet, as described in Note 1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

A more detailed Consolidated Balance Sheet is contained in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

As described in more detail below, and in Note 26 and Note 27 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, the balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Cash and balances at central banks decreased by 35% to £21,342m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £32,771m). This was mainly due to a decrease in securities sold under repurchase agreements as part of ongoing operational liquidity management activity which resulted in the mix of our eligible liquidity pool being weighted less towards cash.

Trading assets

Trading assets decreased by 37% to £19,158m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £30,555m). This reflected the running down of our trading business in the Santander UK group as the prohibited elements moved to Banco Santander London Branch as part of the transition to our ring-fencing model. It also reflected the reclassification of our gilt-edged market making business as held for sale, as part of our ring-fencing plans.

Derivative financial instruments - assets

Derivative assets decreased to £3,838m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £19,942m). This mainly related to transfers in H118 of the prohibited part of our derivatives business with financial institutions, as part of our ring-fencing plans, and held for sale reclassifications of balances transferred in July 2018.

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss increased by 29% to £2,710m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £2,096m), mainly driven by an increase in securities purchased under resale agreements.

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to customers increased by 1% to £200,950m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £199,340m), with strong lending growth of £2.3bn in mortgages, partially offset by decreases of £0.7bn in non-core loans. Lending to corporates decreased by £1.0bn with a managed reduction of £0.6bn in Commercial Real Estate and a transfer of £0.7bn of customer assets from CIB to Banco Santander London Branch in June 2018, as part of our ring-fencing implementation. Lending to trading business customers increased by £0.2bn.

Santander UK plc 11

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial review

Reverse repurchase agreements - non trading

Non trading reverse repurchase agreements increased to £13,611m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £2,614m), which reflected the establishment of a liquidity risk management function within Santander UK plc, in line with the business model for managing these assets as part of our ring-fencing plans.

Financial investments

Financial Investments increased by 19% to £20,986m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £17,611m) primarily due to investments in Japanese government bonds and Eurobond senior debt securities. These were partially offset by balance sheet re-presentations on adoption of IFRS 9, including loans and receivables that were moved to other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Retirement benefit assets

Retirement benefit assets increased by 93% to £868m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £449m). This reflected increased defined benefit pension scheme surpluses, mainly due to actuarial gains in H118 driven by widening credit spreads on the discount rate used to value scheme liabilities.

Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale of £24,241m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £nil) represent business transfers that management considered highly probable at the balance sheet date, following Court approval of our Ring Fencing Transfer Scheme at the Part VII Sanctions Hearing which took place on 11 and 12 June 2018. For more on our ring-fencing plans, see Notes 26 and 27 of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks

Deposits by banks increased by 23% to £15,655m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £12,708m), mainly due to an increase in the total drawdown outstanding from the TFS with the Bank of England.

Deposits by customers

Deposits by customers decreased by 4% to £175,885m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £183,146m), with management pricing actions driving a reduction in retail savings products, corporate deposits and other retail products. Deposits also decreased due to continued demand for higher interest rate retail products, and working capital use by corporate customers. This was only partially offset by an increase in personal current accounts. Deposits by customer also decreased due to the reclassification of certain customer deposits as held for sale, as part of our ring-fencing plans.

Repurchase agreements - non trading

Non trading repurchase agreements increased to £17,447m (2017: £1,578m), which reflected the establishment of a liquidity risk management function within Santander UK plc, in line with the business model for managing these liabilities as part of our ring-fencing plans.

Trading liabilities

Trading liabilities decreased by 73% to £8,375m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £31,109m). This reflected the running down of our trading business in the Santander UK group as the prohibited elements moved to Banco Santander London Branch as part of the transition to our ring-fencing model. It also reflected the reclassification of our gilt-edged market making business as held for sale, as part of our ring-fencing plans.

Derivative financial instruments - liabilities

Derivative liabilities decreased to £1,466m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £17,613m). This mainly related to transfers of the prohibited part of our derivatives business with financial institutions as part of our ring-fencing plans, and held for sale reclassification of balances transferred in July 2018.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss decreased by 47% to £1,238m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £2,315m). This was due to debt security and structured deposit maturities exceeding issuances in H118.

Debt securities in issue

Debt securities in issue increased by 8% to £46,004m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £42,633m). Gross issuances, which exceeded maturities in the period, included £2.9bn of senior unsecured notes by the Company, £2.4bn of covered bonds and £1.0bn of securitisations.

Retirement benefit obligations

Retirement benefit obligations decreased to £108m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £286m). This reflected reduced defined benefit pension scheme deficits, mainly due to actuarial gains in H118 driven by widening credit spreads on the discount rate used to value scheme liabilities.

Liabilities held for sale

Liabilities held for sale of £26,616m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £nil) represent business transfers that management considered highly probable at the balance sheet date, following Court approval of our Ring Fencing Transfer Scheme at the Part VII Sanctions Hearing, which took place on 11 and 12 June 2018. For more on our ring-fencing plans, see Notes 26 and 27 of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity

Total shareholders’ equity increased by 2% to £16,404m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £16,053m). The increase was mainly due to the profit for the period and actuarial gains on defined benefit pension schemes, partially offset by dividend payments.

12 Santander UK plc

> Balance sheet review

2018 business development highlights

Retail Banking

– We continue to enhance the digital experience for our customers through the ongoing development of our digital capabilities, including the launch of a new mobile banking app in Q118, which offers enhanced device security and identification features. The new mobile app provides a modernised platform which allows us to add new functionality and features in the future. In April 2018 we became the first major UK high-street bank to offer Fitbit Pay and we also launched support for Garmin Pay in May 2018, allowing customers to link debit and credit cards to their fitness devices. We also introduced a Web Appointment Booking system in May 2018, enabling customers to book an appointment at a time and branch of their choice, which currently accounts for c5% of all branch appointments.

– In April 2018, we launched ‘Santander One Pay FX’, a new blockchain-based international payments service. This was part of a Banco Santander initiative for retail customers across UK, Spain, Brazil and Poland. ‘Santander One Pay FX’ makes it possible for our customers to complete international transfers on the same day in many cases or by the next day. We will continue to enhance the new service and add more features in the coming months, including offering instant international payments in several markets, making it significantly faster than existing international payment services.

– Servicing our customers’ needs remains at the core of our priorities, and H118 has seen us make improvements to the overall customer journey. We launched an overdraft alert auto-registration facility to notify customers who enter an unarranged overdraft, allowing them to manage their accounts better and reduce the number of days overdrawn. In May 2018, we re-launched our First Time Buyer mortgage proposition, which includes 5% deposit mortgages with no product fees, gifted deposits (allowing family members to gift deposit) and exclusive products for Help to Buy ISA savings customers.

– Our wealth management strategy continues to focus on expanding our multi-channel proposition to make investments accessible for our customers through our growing online platform, the Investment Hub, which now serves over 235,000 customers (+12% from H117). We are also providing affordable high quality investment advice with the recent launch of a new lower cost face-to-face advice service for customers with straightforward investment needs.

– We continued to make improvements to our banking services for smaller SME customers by growing the Santander Business franchise. We support the international growth aspirations of UK SMEs, providing access to Santander technology for payments, introduction and guidance on using our trade platform and knowledge sharing webinars. We provide ongoing support to start-up businesses and in H118 have opened 39,600 business banking accounts, and have continued to build our SME franchise and have attracted 1,400 full service banking relationships and offered over £400m of credit approved facilities.

Commercial Banking

– Our Growth Capital Team continues to provide high growth SME’s with innovative funding solutions to support investment and help accelerate the development of our clients’ business. Since inception, we have supported over 130 businesses and lent almost £600m, and we will soon surpass the milestone of completing 200 deals as part of the programme.

– In recent years we have made significant investment to allow us to provide a fuller banking service to our corporate and commercial customers and we are now focused on leveraging this to help meet our customers’ financial needs.

– We are also building primacy banking customer relationships with a growing number of international trade initiatives, which complements existing services like the Santander Trade Club. We have expanded our Trade Club to include 11 international banking groups which will provide global access for our customers to find new counterparts to trade with.

– We are developing these initiatives in collaboration with Banco Santander SA and key strategic partners to leverage global expertise and contacts to help our customers grow their businesses.

– We have established trade corridors to connect our UK customers, helping UK businesses to establish the necessary contacts and local support services to open up new markets and successfully grow trade overseas.

Corporate & Investment Banking

– Global Corporate Banking has been rebranded as Corporate & Investment Banking to reflect the transformation the business has undergone over the past year. Our strategy has been developed, with teams strengthened to supplement the business proposition, and key opportunities to serve our customers with our unique proposition identified.

– We also made progress in rolling out our client management service to all our customers, to simplify the client on-boarding process and improve customer experience. Furthermore, we embedded our operational risk framework in Santander London Branch in preparation for ring-fencing.

Santander UK plc 13

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Risk review

Contents
Risk governance	15
Credit risk	16
Santander UK group level	19
Retail Banking	22
Other segments	28
Market risk	33
Trading market risk	33
Banking market risk	33
Liquidity risk	34
Capital risk	37
Other key risks	39

14 Santander UK plc

> Risk governance

Risk governance

As a financial services provider, managing risk is a core part of our day-to-day activities. To be able to manage our business effectively, it is critical that we understand and control risk in everything we do. We aim to use a prudent approach and advanced risk management techniques to help us deliver robust financial performance and build sustainable value for our stakeholders.

We aim to keep a predictable medium-low risk profile, consistent with our business model. This is key to achieving our strategic objectives.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

There were no significant changes in our risk governance as described in the 2017 Annual Report. We are reviewing and updating our risk governance arrangements in line with the changes we are making to our legal and operational structures, as required under banking reform regulation.

Santander UK plc 15

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Credit risk

Overview

Key metrics

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or counterparty to which we have provided credit, or for which we have assumed a financial obligation. Credit risk management On 1 January 2018, we adopted the new IFRS 9 Expected Credit Loss (ECL) impairment methodology, which we do not expect to materially change our credit risk policies and practices. There are no other significant changes in the way we manage credit risk as described in the 2017 Annual Report. Credit risk review In this section we begin by introducing the key concepts associated with the measurement of ECL, and the use of forward-looking information in our assessments. We then analyse our credit risk profile and performance at a Santander UK group level followed by Retail Banking, which is covered separately from our other segments: Commercial Banking, Corporate & Investment Banking and Corporate Centre.

NPL ratio improved to 1.25% (2017: 1.42%), largely driven by the write-off of the Carillion plc exposures in H118. Loss allowance increased by £211m to £1,151m on transition to IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018.

THE INTRODUCTION OF IFRS 9

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaced IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on 1 January 2018. IFRS 9 introduced a new impairment methodology and rules around classification and measurement of financial assets. As published in our Transition to IFRS 9 document on 28 February 2018, the initial adoption of IFRS 9 decreased our shareholders’ equity by £192m (net of £68m of deferred tax), driven by an increase in the loss allowance provision of £211m, and reclassifications of financial assets of £49m.

As a result of the change from IAS 39 to IFRS 9, some disclosures presented within certain tables in this section are not comparable because the methodologies for the calculation of incurred losses under IAS 39 and ECLs under IFRS 9 are fundamentally different. This means that some IFRS 9 disclosures do not have prior period comparatives and some disclosures that relate to information presented on an IAS 39 basis are no longer relevant in the current period.

The impact of new ECL rules on our credit risk management

We do not expect the adoption of the new ECL impairment methodology to materially change our credit risk policies in the short term. Our credit risk appetite in terms of target markets, market share and the credit quality of customers to whom we wish to lend is not directly impacted by IFRS 9 and we expect this to remain broadly the same.

IFRS 9 impacts the timing of recognition of credit impairment charges, but not the amount of credit write-offs. Our retail collections and recoveries procedures are unchanged. We may review risk-adjusted hurdle rates for corporate lending, but we do not expect this to lead to a significant change in credit policy.

Measuring ECL

The ECL approach estimates the credit losses on qualifying exposures arising from defaults in the next 12 months, or defaults over the lifetime of the exposure where there is evidence of significant increase in credit risk at the measurement date relative to the origination date. This ECL estimate should take into account forward looking information which is unbiased and probability weighted in order to consider the likelihood of a loss being incurred even when it is considered unlikely.

For accounts not in default at the reporting date, we estimate a monthly ECL for each exposure and for each month until the end of the forecast period. We calculate each monthly ECL as the discounted product of the survival rate (SR), probability of default (PD), exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for the relevant forecast month. The discount rate used in the ECL calculation is the original effective interest rate or an approximation thereof. The lifetime ECL is the sum of the monthly ECLs over the forecast period while the 12-month ECL is limited to the first 12 months. For accounts that are in default at the reporting date, we use the EAD as the reporting date balance. We also calculate an LGD value to reflect the default status of the exposure, considering the current days past due and loan to value. PD and SR values are not required for accounts in default.

We classify an account as default, for the purposes of calculating the ECL, if it is more than 90 days past due or meets an ‘unlikeliness to pay’ criterion. The criterion for unlikeliness to pay varies across portfolios and where the advanced internal ratings-based basis is used for that portfolio in capital calculations, we use the same default definitions for IFRS 9 purposes.

16 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

An assessment of each facility’s credit risk profile will determine whether they are to be allocated to one of three stages:

– Stage 1: when it is deemed there has been no significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, we apply a loss allowance equal to a 12-month ECL i.e. the proportion of lifetime expected losses that relate to that default event observed in the next 12-months;

– Stage 2: when it is deemed there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, but no credit impairment has materialised, we apply a loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL i.e. lifetime expected loss resulting from all possible defaults throughout the residual life of a facility; and

– Stage 3: when the facility is considered credit impaired, we apply a loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL. Similar to incurred losses under IAS 39, objective evidence of credit impairment is required.

Survival rate

SR is the probability that the exposure has not closed or defaulted since the reporting date. We estimate it for each month of the forecast period.

Probability of default

PD is the likelihood of a borrower defaulting on their financial obligation in the following month, assuming it has not closed or defaulted since the reporting date. For each month in the forecast period, we estimate the monthly PD from a range of factors. These include the current risk grade for the exposure, which become less relevant further into the forecast period, as well as the expected evolution of the account risk with maturity and factors for changing economics. We support this with historical data analysis.

Exposure at default

We base EAD on the amount we expect to be owed if a default event was to occur. We determine the EAD for each month of the forecast period by the expected payment profile, which varies by product type:

– For amortising products, we base it on the borrower’s contractual repayments over the forecast period. We adjust this for any expected overpayments the borrower may make and for any arrears we expect if the account was to default.

– For revolving products, or amortising products with an undrawn element, we determine the EAD by the balance at default and the contractual limit of the exposure. We vary these assumptions by product type and base them on analysis of recent default data.

Loss given default

LGD is our expected loss if a default event were to occur. We express the LGD as a percentage and calculate it as the expected loss divided by EAD for each month of the forecast period. We base LGD on factors that impact the likelihood and value of any subsequent write-offs, which vary according to whether the product is secured or unsecured. If the product is secured, we take into account collateral values as well as the historical discounts to market/book values due to forced sales type.

Forecast period

We base the forecast period for amortising facilities on the remaining contractual term. For revolving facilities, we use an analytical approach based on the behavioural, rather than contractual, characteristics of the facility type. In some cases, we shorten the period to simplify the calculation, in which case we apply a post model adjustment to reflect our view of the full lifetime ECL.

Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR)

We consider exposures to have experienced a SICR due to quantitative, qualitative or backstop reasons.

Quantitative criteria

The quantitative criteria we apply is based on whether the increase in the lifetime PD at the reporting date from the recognition date exceeds a set threshold both in relative and absolute terms.

We produce the lifetime PD for each exposure using the values we describe above under “Measuring ECL”. We base the value anticipated from the initial recognition on a similar set of assumptions and data to the ones we used at the reporting date, adjusted to reflect the account surviving to that date. The comparison uses an annualised lifetime PD, where the lifetime PD is divided by the forecast period.

For revolving retail products, we use a lifetime period of 5 years for determining the SICR. This period is broadly aligned to the observed behavioural lifetimes. This is different to the lifetime period applied in the ECL calculation set out above.

We apply a relative threshold of 100% (doubling the PD) across all portfolios, and we tailor absolute increase thresholds to each portfolio. We choose them after considering the characteristics of the accounts we identify as having deteriorated and their subsequent performance.

Qualitative criteria

For each portfolio, there are specific criteria that indicate an exposure has increased in credit risk, independent of any changes in PD. We select these criteria reflecting portfolio management practices and the performance of the exposures they identify.

Backstop criteria

We are not rebutting the presumptions in IFRS 9 relating to either a SICR or default. Therefore, all exposures more than 30 or 90 days past due (DPD) will be placed in at least stages 2 and 3 respectively.

Santander UK plc 17

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Forward-looking multiple economic scenarios and probability weights

For all portfolios, except for our CIB portfolio, we use five forward-looking economic scenarios. These consist of a central base case, two upside scenarios and two downside scenarios. We have used five scenarios to reflect a wide range of possible outcomes in the performance of the UK economy, for example for the most severe downside scenario the possibility of a recessionary period occurring.

For our CIB portfolio, the IFRS 9 approach was developed centrally by Banco Santander to ensure consistent treatment of these large and/or international counterparties across the organisation.

To determine the correct decile paths to follow for GDP for the upside and downside scenarios, we use the Office of Budget Responsibility (OBR) fan charts, the PRA Baseline and the Annual Cyclical Scenario GDP paths. The GDP for the upside scenarios was informed by the PRA indicative upside scenarios (0.6 & 0.7), which were imposed on the OBR fan chart. For the downside scenarios, judgement dictated that more moderate GDP end points were required from the fan chart distribution (0.3). For the worst scenario downside, we then imposed a recessionary path on this distribution, which is followed by a period of rapid recovery so that the GDP path converged with that in the more moderate downside scenario in the long run.

We used the OGEM to derive the other macroeconomic variables with the imposition of the bank rate. The forecasting period for GDP is 5 years and then is mean-reverting over 3 years based on the OBR’s forecast. To determine our initial scenario probability weightings, we award the highest weight to the base case, whilst the extreme scenarios typically attract lower weights than the more moderate ones. In addition, due to the current economic position and policy concerns evidenced by the PRA and Financial Policy Committee (FPC), and due to political concerns we have applied a higher weighting to the downside scenarios. We consider this appropriate in light of the consensus view of future performance of the UK economy, including projections for UK GDP growth.

For CIB, we use three scenarios (base, upside and downside) based on a composite global GDP weighted to reflect regions where Banco Santander has operations. Consideration of both upside and downside meets the “unbiased” requirement and we consider these scenarios sufficient to account for any non-linearity in our credit losses. For non CIB portfolios, we create our macroeconomic scenarios by imposing the chosen paths for UK Gross Domestic Product (GDP) on the Oxford Global Economic Model (OGEM) in order to generate other macroeconomic variables, such as House Price Index (HPI) and unemployment rates.

Scenario type	Probability (%)
Upside 2		5
Upside 1		15
Base case		40
Downside 1		30
Downside 2		10

Grouping of instruments for losses measured on a collective basis

Instruments collectively assessed for impairment are typically grouped on the basis of shared risk characteristics using one or more statistical models. Where internal capital or similar models have been leveraged as the basis of IFRS 9 models, this will typically result in a large number of relatively small homogenous groups which are determined by the permutations of the underlying characteristics in the statistical models.

Individually assessed impairments (IAIs)

The IAI process is applied to individually significant stage 3 cases (e.g. CIB and Commercial Banking cases but not Business Banking cases). The process involves calculating an estimated loss, taking into account anticipated future cash flows under several different scenarios each of which utilises case-specific factors and circumstances. The net present value of the cash flows under each of these scenario is then probability weighted to arrive at a weighted average provision requirement. This assessment process is refreshed at a minimum every quarter but will take place more frequently if there are changes in circumstances that might affect the scenarios, the cash flows or the probabilities applied.

18 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

SANTANDER UK GROUP LEVEL – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Credit performance

The customer loans in the tables below and in the remainder of the ‘Credit risk’ section are presented differently from the balances in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The main difference is that customer loans exclude interest we have accrued but not charged to customers’ accounts yet.

30 June 2018	Customer loans £bn		NPLs(1)(2) £m		NPL ratio(3) %		Gross write-offs £m		Loss      allowances(4) £m
Retail Banking:		171.3		2,131		1.24		93		601
–   of which mortgages		157.2		1,893		1.20		8		252
Commercial Banking		19.0		348		1.83		66		207
Corporate & Investment Banking		5.5		13		0.24		247		26
Corporate Centre		5.2		23		0.44		1		18
		201.0		2,515		1.25		407		852
31 December 2017
Retail Banking:		169.0		2,105		1.25		195		491
–   of which mortgages		154.9		1,868		1.21		22		225
Commercial Banking		19.4		383		1.97		35		195
Corporate & Investment Banking		6.0		340		5.67		–		236
Corporate Centre		5.9		20		0.34		23		18
		200.3		2,848		1.42		253		940
Of which: Corporate lending
30 June 2018		26.3		466		1.77		321		298
31 December 2017		27.3		838		3.07		56		485

(1) We define NPLs in the ‘Credit risk management’ section in the 2017 Annual Report.

(2) All NPLs (excluding personal bank accounts) continue accruing interest.

(3) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(4) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9. The ECL allowance is for both on and off-balance sheet exposures.

Corporate lending comprises the customer loans in business banking portfolio of our Retail Banking segment, and our Commercial Banking and Corporate & Investment Banking segments.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The NPL ratio improved 17bps to 1.25%, supported by our medium-low risk profile, proactive management actions and the ongoing resilience of the UK economy. The improvement in the ratio was also driven by the write-off of the Carillion plc exposures in Q118.

– The Retail Banking NPL ratio remained flat at 1.24% and the loss allowance increased as a result of the application of IFRS 9. The loan loss rate remained low at 0.03% (2017: 0.02%).

– The Commercial Banking NPL ratio improved to 1.83%, primarily due to a number of loans which were written-off in Q118. The loan loss rate remained low at 0.17% (2017: 0.07%).

– The CIB NPL ratio improved to 0.24% with the loans write-off for Carillion plc and another CIB customer, both of which moved to non-performing in 2017.

– The Corporate Centre NPL ratio increased to 0.44%, reflecting the fall in non-core customer loans as part of our exit strategy from individual loans and leases.

For more on the credit performance of our key portfolios by business segment, see the ‘Retail Banking – credit risk review’ and ‘Other segments – credit risk review’ sections.

Santander UK plc 19

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

IFRS 9 credit quality

Total drawn exposures are made up of £201.0bn of customer loans; loans and advances to banks of £6.0bn (reported as a Corporate & Investment Banking exposure); and £6.5bn of sovereign assets measured at amortised cost, £9.7bn of assets measured at FVOCI, and £21.4bn of cash and balances at central banks (all reported as Corporate Centre exposures).

					Stage 2
30 June 2018	Average PD(1) %		Stage 1 £m		£30DPD £m		>30 DPD £m		Sub total £m		Stage 3(2) £m		Total £m
Exposures
Drawn exposures
Retail Banking		0.61		158,752		9,222		1,054		10,276		2,229		171,257
–   of which mortgages		0.55		145,791		8,439		947		9,386		1,998		157,175
Commercial Banking		0.79		17,854		738		88		826		348		19,028
Corporate & Investment Banking		0.17		11,354		3		93		96		13		11,463
Corporate Centre(3)		0.07		42,671		131		10		141		23		42,835
Total drawn exposures				230,631		10,094		1,245		11,339		2,613		244,583
Off-balance sheet exposures
Retail Banking				22,850		182		–		182		44		23,076
–   of which mortgages				11,696		77		–		77		19		11,792
Commercial Banking				4,750		269		–		269		11		5,030
Corporate & Investment Banking				12,437		159		–		159		24		12,620
Corporate Centre				722		–		–		–		–		722
Total undrawn exposures(4)				40,759		610		–		610		79		41,448
Total exposures				271,390		10,704		1,245		11,949		2,692		286,031
IFRS 9 ECL
ECL on drawn exposures
Retail Banking				95		186		42		228		252		575
–  of which mortgages				12		92		19		111		127		250
Commercial Banking				34		27		5		32		125		191
Corporate & Investment Banking				2		–		1		1		5		8
Corporate Centre				6		3		–		3		9		18
Total ECL on drawn exposures				137		216		48		264		391		792
ECL on off-balance sheet exposures
Retail Banking				13		12		–		12		1		26
–   of which mortgages				2		1		–		1		–		3
Commercial Banking				5		8		–		8		3		16
Corporate & Investment Banking				4		4		–		4		10		18
Corporate Centre				–		–		–		–		–		–
Total ECL on undrawn exposures				22		24		–		24		14		60
Total ECL				159		240		48		288		405		852

(1) Average IFRS 9 PDs are 12-month, scenario-weighted PDs. Weighted averages are determined using EAD for the first year. Financial assets in default are excluded from the calculation, given they are allocated a PD of 100%.

(2) Our Stage 3 exposures under IFRS 9 and our non-performing loans used in our NPL ratio metric are subject to different criteria. These criteria are under review in parallel with the ongoing regulatory changes to the default definition.

(3) The drawn exposures for Corporate Centre do not include recently introduced portfolios amounting to £4.2bn, made up of short dated securities issued by central governments and government guaranteed counterparties, and £10.5bn, made up of reverse repo transactions for which an ECL methodology is yet to be established. Both asset portfolios carry the lowest level of credit risk and, consequently, a negligible ECL.

(4) Undrawn exposures include £5.6bn of retail mortgage offers in the pipeline.

20 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

Reconciliation of exposures, ECL and net carrying amounts

The table below shows the relationships between disclosures in this Half Yearly Financial Report which refer to drawn and undrawn exposures and ECL and the total assets as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

	Exposures				ECL				Net carrying amount
	Drawn £m		Undrawn £m		Drawn £m		Undrawn £m		Drawn £m
Retail Banking		171,257		23,076		575		26		170,682
–    of which mortgages		157,175		11,792		250		3		156,925
Commercial Banking		19,028		5,030		191		16		18,837
Corporate & Investment Banking		11,463		12,620		8		18		11,455
Corporate Centre		42,835		722		18		–		42,817
Total exposures presented in IFRS 9 Credit Quality tables		244,583		41,448		792		60		243,791
Reverse repurchase agreements with customers – non trading(1)		10,516		–		–		–		10,516
Short-dated securities issued by central governments(2)		4,200		–		–		–		4,200
Other items		2,552		–		–		–		2,552
		17,268		–		–		–		17,268
Adjusted net carrying amount										261,059
Assets classified at FVTPL (including those classified as held for sale)										48,187
Non-financial assets										7,386
Total assets per the Consolidated Balance Sheet										316,632

(1) These assets carry low credit risk and therefore are expected to have an immaterial ECL.

(2) Recently introduced portfolios made up of short dated securities issued by central governments and government guaranteed counterparties. These assets carry low credit risk and therefore are expected to have an immaterial ECL.

The following table illustrates the changes in drawn exposures subject to ECL assessment, and the corresponding ECL, during the reporting period.

	Non-credit impaired										Credit impaired
All portfolios(1)	Stage 1 Subject to 12-month ECL				Stage 2 Subject to lifetime ECL						Stage 3 Subject to lifetime ECL						Total
	Exposures(2)			ECL	Exposures(2)			ECL			Exposures(2)			ECL			Exposures(2)			ECL
	£m			£m	£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m
At 1 January 2018		241,976		150		11,606			262			2,965			689			256,547			1,101(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired)(3)		(2,973	)	(11)		2,920			77			–			–			(53	)		66
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		(238	)	(4)		(505	)		(21	)		715			102			(28	)		77
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		2,482		6		(2,573	)		(53	)		–			–			(91	)		(47	)
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		2		–		364			15			(385	)		(44	)		(19	)		(29	)
Net movement arising from transfer of stage(4)		(727	)	(9)		206			18			330			58			(191	)		67
New assets originated or purchased(5)		26,919		26		380			9			36			11			27,335			46
Other(6)		(5,391	)	(16)		(278	)		(9	)		(62	)		(34	)		(5,731	)		(59	)
Assets derecognised(7)		(32,146	)	(14)		(575	)		(16	)		(656	)		(333	)		(33,377	)		(363	)
At 30 June 2018		230,631		137		11,339			264			2,613			391			244,583			792
Net carrying amount				230,494					11,075						2,222						243,791
Movement for the period		(11,345	)	(13)		(267	)		2			(352	)		(298	)		(11,964	)		(309	)

(1) This table represents total Gross Carrying Amounts and ECLs at a Santander UK group-level. We present segmental views of this analysis in the sections below.

(2) Exposures relates to on-balance sheet exposures that have attracted an ECL, and as reported in the IFRS 9 Credit Quality table above.

(3) Stage transfers capture the total impact of facilities that have moved stage(s) during the reporting period. This means, for example, that where changes in risk parameters (model inputs) or model changes (methodology) result in a facility changing stage, the full impact will be reflected in this section (rather than in “Other”). Stage flow analysis is only applicable to facilities that existed at both the beginning and end of the reporting period. Transfers out of each stage are based on opening balances, whilst the transfers in are based on closing balances, giving rise to a net movement on transfer.

(4) Net movement arising from transfer of stage - captures the overall net movement between stages during the period.

(5) Assets originated or purchased - captures exposures and ECL at reporting date of facilities that did not exist at the start of the period, but do at the end. Amounts in Stage 2 and 3 represent assets which have deteriorated during the period subsequent to origination in Stage 1.

(6) Other consists of any residual movements on facilities that have not changed stage during the period, and which were neither acquired nor purchased during the period. The impact of repayments or further drawdowns on existing customer facilities is included in these figures.

(7) Assets derecognised - captures exposures and ECL at reporting date for facilities that existed at the start of the reporting period, but not at the end. This includes facilities that have matured (“closed good”) and those that have been fully written off (“closed bad”) during the period.

(8) On transition to IFRS 9 we disclosed an opening ECL balance of £1,151m, of which £50m related to ECL on undrawn exposures. On a segmental basis this is split by: Retail: £28m (of which Mortgages was £2m), Commercial Banking: £13m, CIB: £9m, Corporate Centre £nil.

Santander UK plc 21

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

RETAIL BANKING – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

The following table shows changes in exposures subject to ECL assessment, and the corresponding ECL in the period. The footnotes to the Santander UK group level analysis on page 21 are also applicable to this table.

	Non-credit impaired								Credit impaired
	Stage 1 Subject to 12-month ECL				Stage 2 Subject to lifetime ECL				Stage 3 Subject to lifetime ECL				Total
	Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL
Retail Banking	£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m
At 1 January 2018		156,118		97		10,657		234		2,222		266		168,997		597(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired) (3)		(2,409)		(8)		2,379		66		–		–		(30)		58
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		(201)		(4)		(442)		(20)		625		82		(18)		58
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		2,212		4		(2,289)		(48)		–		–		(77)		(44)
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		2		–		309		13		(325)		(27)		(14)		(14)
Net movement of ECL arising from transfer of stage(4)		(396)		(8)		(43)		11		300		55		(139)		58
New assets originated or purchased(5)		16,794		21		310		7		9		4		17,113		32
Other(6)		(3,865)		(6)		(147)		(10)		(3)		(2)		(4,015)		(18)
Assets derecognised(7)		(9,899)		(9)		(501)		(14)		(299)		(71)		(10,699)		(94)
At 30 June 2018		158,752		95		10,276		228		2,229		252		171,257		575
Net carrying amount				158,657				10,048				1,977				170,682
Movement for the period		2,634		(2)		(381)		(6)		7		(14)		2,260		(22)

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES

The following table shows changes in exposures subject to ECL assessment, and the corresponding ECL, for residential mortgages in the period. The footnotes to the Santander UK group level analysis on page 21 are also applicable to this table.

	Non-credit impaired								Credit impaired
	Stage 1 Subject to 12-month ECL				Stage 2 Subject to lifetime ECL				Stage 3 Subject to lifetime ECL				Total
	Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL		Exposures(2)		ECL
Mortgages	£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m		£m
As at 1 January 2018		143,208		20		9,756		129		1,986		121		154,950		270(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired) (3)		(2,076)		(3)		2,051		18		–		–		(25)		15
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		(150)		(4)		(385)		(10)		526		22		(9)		8
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		1,973		1		(2,009)		(18)		–		–		(36)		(17)
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		1		–		273		5		(283)		(9)		(9)		(4)
Net movement of ECL arising from transfer of stage(4)		(252)		(6)		(70)		(5)		243		13		(79)		2
New assets originated or purchased(5)		13,662		1		198		2		2		2		13,862		5
Other(6)		(2,582)		–		(90)		(10)		(20)		7		(2,692)		(3)
Assets derecognised(7)		(8,245)		(3)		(408)		(5)		(213)		(16)		(8,866)		(24)
As at 30 June 2018		145,791		12		9,386		111		1,998		127		157,175		250
Net carrying amount				145,779				9,275				1,871				156,925
Movement for the period		2,583		(8)		(370)		(18)		12		6		2,225		(20)

22 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

Borrower profile

In this table, ‘home movers’ include both existing customers moving house and taking out a new mortgage with us, and customers who switch their mortgage to us when they move house. ‘Remortgagers’ are external customers who are remortgaging with us. We have not included internal remortgages, further advances and any flexible mortgage drawdowns in the new business figures.

	Stock								New business
	30 June 2018				31 December 2017				Half year to 30 June 2018				Half year to 30 June 2017
	£m		%		£m		%		£m		%		£m		%
Home movers		68,958		44		68,901		44		5,161		37		4,954		45
Remortgagers		51,821		33		50,473		33		5,351		38		3,673		34
First-time buyers		28,716		18		28,768		19		2,028		15		1,840		17
Buy-to-let		7,680		5		6,802		4		1,318		10		447		4
		157,175		100		154,944		100		13,858		100		10,914		100

In addition to the new business included in the table above, there were £14.2bn (H117: £11.6bn) of internal remortgages where we kept existing customers with maturing products on new mortgages. We also provided £0.7bn (H117: £0.7bn) of further advances and flexible mortgage drawdowns.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The mortgage stock borrower mix remained broadly unchanged, reflecting underlying stability in target market segments, product pricing and distribution strategy. The increase in new business Remortgagers was driven by a specific remortgage campaign that was undertaken in H217.

Buy-to-Let (BTL) mortgage balances increased £0.9bn to £7.7bn (2017: £6.8bn). We continue to focus on non-professional landlords, as this segment is closely aligned with residential mortgages and accounts for most of the volume in the BTL market. In H118, we completed 6,500 BTL mortgages (H117: 2,700), representing 10% of the value of our new business flow (H117: 4%), at an average LTV of 62% (H117: 62%).

We helped 11,700 first-time buyers (£2.0bn of gross lending) purchase their new home. Average loan size for new business was slightly lower than in 2017 at £198,000 for the UK overall (2017: £196,000), £263,000 for the South East including London (2017: £260,000) and £146,000 for the rest of the UK (2017: £146,000). The loan-to-income multiple of mortgage lending in H118 was stable at 3.13 (2017: 3.16).

Interest rate profile

The interest rate profile of our mortgage asset stock was:

	30 June 2018				31 December 2017
	£m		%		£m		%
Fixed rate		109,447		70		102,268		66
Variable rate		27,052		17		29,370		19
Standard Variable Rate (SVR)		20,676		13		23,306		15
		157,175		100		154,944		100

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The proportion of SVR loan balances decreased to 13%, including attrition of £2.4bn (H117: £2.5bn). The calculation of SVR attrition includes balances relating to our Follow-on-Rate product, which was introduced in January 2018. Around 78% of mortgages reaching the end of their incentive period were retained. We continue to see increased customer refinancing into fixed rate products, influenced by low mortgage rates and the competitive mortgage market, where average two year fixed mortgage prices fell by 25bps in 2017.

Geographical distribution

The geographical distribution of our mortgage asset stock was:

	Stock				New business
UK region	30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn		30 June 2018 £bn		31 December 2017 £bn
London		38.3		37.6		3.6		5.8
Midlands and East Anglia		21.0		20.6		2.0		3.4
North		22.3		22.2		1.7		3.0
Northern Ireland		3.5		3.6		0.1		0.2
Scotland		6.8		6.8		0.5		1.0
South East excluding London		48.2		47.2		4.6		8.2
South West, Wales and other		17.1		16.9		1.4		2.6
		157.2		154.9		13.9		24.2

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The geographical distribution of the lending profile of the portfolio continued to represent a broad footprint across the UK, whilst maintaining a concentration around London and the South East.

Santander UK plc 23

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Loan-to-value analysis

This table shows the LTV distribution for our mortgage stock, NPL stock and new business. We use our estimate of the property value at the balance sheet date. We include fees added to the loan in the calculation. For flexible products, we only include the drawn amount, not undrawn limits.

	30 June 2018						31 December 2017
			Of which:						Of which:
LTV	Stock %		NPL stock %		New business %		Stock %		NPL stock %		New business %
Up to 50%		47		42		20		48		44		19
>50-75%		39		35		45		39		34		43
>75- 85%		9		8		21		8		8		19
>85-100%		4		7		14		4		7		19
>100%		1		8		–		1		7		–
		100		100		100		100		100		100
Collateral value of residential properties(1)(2)	£	156,966m	£	1,859m	£	13,858m	£	154,721m	£	1,824m	£	24,218m
	%		%		%		%		%		%
Simple average(3) LTV (indexed)		42		43		62		42		44		62
Valuation weighted average(4) LTV (indexed)		39		38		57		38		38		58

(1) Includes collateral against loans in negative equity of £1,156m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £1,248m).

(2) The collateral value we have shown is limited to the balance of each associated individual loan. It does not include the impact of over-collateralisation (where the collateral has a higher value than the loan balance).

(3) Total of all LTV% divided by the total of all accounts.

(4) Total of all loan values divided by the total of all valuations.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

At 30 June 2018, the parts of the loans in negative equity which were effectively uncollateralised before taking account of impairment loss allowances decreased to £209m (2017: £223m).

Credit performance

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Mortgage loans and advances to customers of which:		157,175		154,944
– Stage 1		145,791
– Stage 2		9,386
– Stage 3		1,998
Performing(1)				151,948
Early arrears:				1,128
– 31 to 60 days				702
– 61 to 90 days				426
NPLs:(2)		1,893		1,868
– By arrears		1,398		1,427
– By bankruptcy		13		14
– By maturity default		369		303
– By forbearance		78		95
– By properties in possession (PIPs)		35		29
Loss allowances(3)		252		225
Stage 2 ratio		6.0%
Stage 3 ratio		1.3%
Early arrears ratio(4)				0.73%
NPL ratio(5)		1.2%		1.21%

(1) Excludes mortgages where the customer did not pay for between 31 and 90 days, arrears, bankruptcy, maturity default, forbearance and PIPs NPLs. Includes £2,661m of mortgages at 31 December 2017 where the customer did not pay for 30 days or less.

(2) We define NPLs in the ‘Credit risk management’ section in the 2017 Annual Report. All NPLs are in the UK and continue accruing interest. Our Stage 3 exposures under IFRS 9 and our non-performing loans used in our NPL ratio metric are subject to different criteria. These criteria are under review in parallel with the ongoing regulatory changes to the default definition.

(3) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9.

(4) Mortgages in early arrears as a percentage of mortgages.

(5) Mortgage NPLs as a percentage of mortgages.

24 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

Forbearance⁽¹⁾

Balances at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017, analysed by their payment status at the period-end and the forbearance we applied, were:

30 June 2018	Capitalisation £m		Term extension £m		Interest-only £m		Total £m		Loss      allowances(2) £m
Stage 1		2		7		–		9		–
Stage 2		411		141		414		966		9
Stage 3		222		96		127		445		26
		635		244		541		1,420		35
Proportion of portfolio		0.4%		0.2%		0.3%		0.9%
31 December 2017
In arrears		260		63		175		498		22
Performing		392		178		407		977		5
		652		241		582		1,475		27
Proportion of portfolio		0.4%		0.2%		0.4%		1.0%

(1) We base forbearance type on the first forbearance on the accounts.

(2) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

In 2018, the accounts in forbearance decreased, with the proportion of the mortgage portfolio in forbearance reducing slightly to 0.9% (2017: 1.0%).

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES - PORTFOLIOS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST

For a description of the types of mortgage that have higher risk or stand out for different reasons, see the ’Credit risk’ section of the Risk review of the 2017 Annual Report.

Loan portfolios of particular interest - credit performance

			Loans of particular interest(1)
30 June 2018	Total £m		Interest-only £m		Part interest- only, part repayment(2) £m		Flexible(3) £m		LTV >100% £m		Buy-to-let £m		Other portfolio £m
Mortgage portfolio		157,175		38,640		13,470		13,887		1,366		7,680		99,029
– Stage 1		145,791		33,617		12,068		12,459		909		7,346		94,666
– Stage 2		9,386		4,028		1,122		1,147		313		303		3,768
– Stage 3		1,998		995		280		281		144		31		595
Stage 3 ratio		1.27%		2.58%		2.08%		2.02%		10.54%		0.40%		0.60%
PIPs		35		18		7		6		13		–		8
31 December 2017
Mortgage portfolio		154,944		38,893		13,794(3)		14,787		1,472		6,802		95,779
Performing		151,948		37,505		13,379		14,440		1,303		6,768		94,772
Early arrears:
– 31 to 60 days		702		317		94		67		22		9		296
– 61 to 90 days		426		203		58		35		15		4		168
NPLs		1,868		868		263		245		132		21		543
NPL ratio		1.21%		2.23%		1.91%		1.66%		8.97%		0.31%		0.57%
PIPs		29		17		5		3		10		1		6

(1) Where a loan falls into more than one category, we have included it in all the categories that apply. As a result, the sum of the mortgages in the segments of particular interest and the other portfolio does not agree to the total mortgage portfolio.

(2) Mortgage balance includes both the interest-only part of £9,910m (2017: £10,121m) and the non-interest-only part of the loan.

(3) Includes legacy Alliance & Leicester flexible loans that work in a more limited way than our more recent Flexi loan product

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

In H118, the value and proportion of interest-only loans together with part interest-only, part repayment loans reduced, reflecting our strategy to manage down the overall exposure to this lending profile. In addition the value and proportion of flexible mortgages also reduced as they are no longer offered on new mortgages.

Forbearance

Total accounts in forbearance decreased by £55m to £1,420m (2017: £1,475m). We keep the performance and profile of the accounts under review.

Santander UK plc 25

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

BUSINESS BANKING

June 2018 compared to December 2017

– We provide ongoing support to start-up businesses and in H118 have opened 39,600 business banking accounts, and have continued to build our SME franchise, attracting 1,400 full service banking relationships and offering over £400m of credit approved facilities.

– Business banking balances were broadly flat and NPLs decreased by 8.7% to £105m (2017: £115m) with a NPL ratio of 5.83% (2017: 6.01%).

Credit performance

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to customers of which:		1,823		1,912
– Stage 1		1,570
– Stage 2		150
– Stage 3		103
– Performing(1)				1,793
– Early arrears				4
– NPLs(2)		105		115
Loss allowances(3)		65		54
NPL ratio(4)		5.83%		6.01%
Stage 3 ratio(5)		5.63%		–
Gross write offs		8		21

(1) Excludes loans and advances to customers where the customer did not pay for between 0 and 90 days and NPLs.

(2) We define NPLs in the ‘Credit risk management’ section in the 2017 Annual Report.

(3) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9.

(4) NPLs as a percentage of loans and advances to customers.

(5) Stage 3 assets as a percentage of loans and advances to customers.

Forbearance

The balances at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017 were:

	£m
30 June 2018		69
31 December 2017		85

26 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

CONSUMER (AUTO) FINANCE AND OTHER UNSECURED LENDING

June 2018 compared to December 2017

– Consumer (auto) finance balances were broadly flat at £7.0bn. In H118, consumer (auto) finance gross lending was £1.9bn (H117: £1.7bn).

– Other unsecured lending was steady as we continue to actively manage growth.

– Forbearance levels were similar to last year with balances at 30 June 2018 of £77m (2017: £77m).

– At 30 June 2018, the average Consumer (auto) loan size was £12,500 (2017: £12,500). The average unsecured loan and credit card balances at 30 June 2018 were £5,900 (2017: £9,300) and £1,000 (2017: £1,200), respectively.

– Consumer (auto) finance NPL ratio was up 17bps, largely due to a small number of loans moving to non-performing. Credit quality remains good with low levels of write-offs of £13m in H118 (H117: £21m).

Credit performance

			Other unsecured
30 June 2018	Consumer (auto) finance £m		Personal loans £m		Credit cards £m		Overdrafts £m		Total other unsecured £m		Total £m
Loans and advances to customers of which:		7,032		2,127		2,564		535		5,226		12,258
– Stage 1		6,671		2,050		2,267		402		4,719		11,390
– Stage 2		315		56		263		106		425		740
– Stage 3		46		21		34		27		82		128
NPLs(1)		46								87		133
ECL		86		45		103		50		198		284
NPL ratio(2)		0.66%								1.64%		1.09%
Stage 3 ratio(3)		0.66%								1.58%		1.04%
Gross write-offs		13								64		77
31 December 2017
Loans and advances to customers of which:		6,957		2,169		2,444		565		5,178		12,135
– Performing(4)		6,861		2,129		2,377		516		5,022		11,883
– Early arrears		62		24		19		25		68		130
– NPLs(1)		34		16		48		24		88		122
Impairment loss allowances		77		44		62		29		135		212
NPL ratio(2)		0.49%								1.69%		1.00%
Gross write-offs		32								120		152

(1) We define NPLs in the ‘Credit risk management’ section in the 2017 Annual Report.

(2) NPLs as a percentage of loans and advances to customers.

(3) Stage 3 as a percentage of loans and advances to customers.

(4) Excludes loans and advances to customers where the customer did not pay for between 0 and 90 days and NPLs.

Forbearance

The balances at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017 were:

			Other unsecured
	Consumer (auto) finance £m		Personal loans £m		Credit cards £m		Overdrafts £m		Total other unsecured £m		Total £m
30 June 2018		–		1		51		25		77		77
31 December 2017		–		1		48		28		77		77

Santander UK plc 27

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

OTHER SEGMENTS – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

The following tables show changes in exposures and ECL for Commercial Banking, Corporate & Investment Banking and Corporate Centre in the period. The footnotes to the Santander UK group level analysis on page 21 are also applicable to these tables.

	Non-credit impaired												Credit impaired
	Stage 1 Subject to 12-month ECL						Stage 2 Subject to lifetime ECL						Stage 3 Subject to lifetime ECL						Total
	Exposures(2)			ECL			Exposures(2)			ECL			Exposures(2)			ECL			Exposures(2)			ECL
Commercial Banking	£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m
At 1 January 2018		18,362			38			646			25			383			173			19,391			236(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired) (3)		(451	)		(2	)		429			10			–			–			(22	)		8
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		(36	)		–			(59	)		(1	)		86			19			(9	)		18
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		101			1			(112	)		(3	)		–			–			(11	)		(2	)
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		–			–			9			2			(10	)		(4	)		(1	)		(2	)
Net movement of ECL arising from transfer of stage(4)		(386	)		(1	)		267			8			76			15			(43	)		22
New assets originated or purchased(5)		2,581			5			55			1			24			5			2,660			11
Other(6)		(34	)		(5	)		(8	)		–			(38	)		(17	)		(80	)		(22	)
Assets derecognised(7)		(2,669	)		(3	)		(134	)		(2	)		(97	)		(51	)		(2,900	)		(56	)
At 30 June 2018		17,854			34			826			32			348			125			19,028			191
Net carrying amount					17,820						794						223						18,837
Movement for the period		(508	)		(4	)		180			7			(35	)		(48	)		(363	)		(45	)
Corporate & Investment Banking	£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m
At 1 January 2018		11,553			8			93			(1	)		340			242			11,986			249(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired) (3)		(2	)		–			2			–			–			–			–			–
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		–			–			–			–			–			–			–			–
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		–			–			–			–			–			–			–			–
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		–			–			45			–			(49	)		(13	)		(4	)		(13	)
Net movement of ECL arising from transfer of stage(4)		(2	)		–			47			–			(49	)		(13	)		(4	)		(13	)
New assets originated or purchased(5)		2,775			–			15			1			3			2			2,793			3
Other(6)		(241	)		(4	)		(59	)		1			(28	)		(17	)		(328	)		(20	)
Assets derecognised(7)		(2,731	)		(2	)		–			–			(253	)		(209	)		(2,984	)		(211	)
At 30 June 2018		11,354			2			96			1			13			5			11,463			8
Net carrying amount					11,352						95						8						11,455
Movement for the period		(199	)		(6	)		3			2			(327	)		(237	)		(523	)		(241	)
Corporate Centre	£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m			£m
At 1 January 2018		55,943			7			210			4			20			8			56,173			19(8)
Transfer to lifetime ECL (not-credit impaired) (3)		(111	)		(1	)		110			1			–			–			(1	)		–
Transfer to credit impaired(3)		(1	)		–			(4	)		–			4			1			(1	)		1
Transfer to 12-month ECL(3)		169			1			(172	)		(2	)		–			–			(3	)		(1	)
Transfer from credit impaired(3)		–			–			1			–			(1	)		–			–			–
Net movement of ECL arising from transfer of stage(4)		57			–			(65	)		(1	)		3			1			(5	)		–
New assets originated or purchased(5)		4,769			–			–			–			–			–			4,769			–
Other(6)		(1,251	)		(1	)		(64	)		–			7			2			(1,308	)		1
Assets derecognised(7)		(16,847	)		–			60			–			(7	)		(2	)		(16,794	)		(2	)
At 30 June 2018		42,671			6			141			3			23			9			42,835			18
Net carrying amount					42,665						138						14						42,817
Movement for the period		(13,272	)		(1	)		(69	)		(1	)		3			1			(13,338	)		(1	)

28 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

Committed exposures

Credit risk arises on asset balances and off-balance sheet transactions such as credit facilities or guarantees. As a result, committed exposures are typically higher than asset balances. However, committed exposures can be smaller than the asset balances on the balance sheet due to netting. We show Sovereigns and Supranationals net of short positions and Large Corporate reverse repurchase agreement exposures are shown net of repurchase agreement liabilities and include OTC derivatives. In addition, the derivative and other treasury product exposures (which are classified as ‘Financial Institutions’) shown are also typically lower than the asset balances. This is because we show our overall risk exposure which takes into account our procedures to mitigate credit risk. The asset balances on our balance sheet only reflect the more restrictive netting permitted by IAS 32. Committed exposures also include off-balance sheet derivatives that are measured at FVTPL and therefore not included in the IFRS 9 credit quality table on page 20.

Rating distribution

These tables show our credit risk exposure according to our internal rating scale (see ‘Credit quality’ in the ‘Santander UK group level – credit risk review’ section of the 2017 Annual Report) for each portfolio. On this scale, the higher the rating, the better the quality of the counterparty.

	Santander UK risk grade
30 June 2018	9 £m		8 £m		7 £m		6 £m		5 £m		4 £m		3 to 1 £m		Other(1) £m		Total £m
Commercial Banking		711		3,074		356		2,626		11,190		5,848		821		63		24,689
Corporate & Investment Banking		1,720		5,115		10,092		8,779		794		15		90		–		26,605
Corporate Centre		37,587		9,331		567		530		60		145		31		400		48,651
31 December 2017
Commercial Banking		499		2,600		430		2,578		11,537		5,588		1,062		216		24,510
Corporate & Investment Banking		3,212		7,763		11,329		8,912		676		2		355		–		32,249
Corporate Centre		48,805		5,431		752		434		104		124		37		400		56,087

(1) Consists of smaller exposures mainly in the commercial mortgage portfolio. We use scorecards for them, instead of a rating model.

Geographical distribution

We typically classify geographical location according to the counterparty’s country of domicile unless there is a full risk transfer guarantee in place, in which case we use the guarantor’s country of domicile instead.

30 June 2018	UK £m		Europe £m		US £m		Rest of World £m		Total £m
Commercial Banking		24,577		111		–		1		24,689
Corporate & Investment Banking		20,007		5,333		529		736		26,605
Corporate Centre		32,573		3,293		5,994		6,791		48,651
31 December 2017
Commercial Banking		24,393		116		1		–		24,510
Corporate & Investment Banking		20,532		6,852		726		4,139		32,249
Corporate Centre		44,630		2,794		6,240		2,423		56,087

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Commercial Banking

In H118, lending to trading business customers reflected the slower market activity and continued uncertainty over Brexit. Growth in Social Housing commitments largely offset the reduction in our CRE portfolio. Committed exposures overall increased marginally.

– Our SME and mid-corporate exposures increased by 1% with repayments largely offsetting new business.

– Our CRE portfolio decreased by 7% reflecting the impact of our proactive risk management of exposures to certain sectors, as well as slower market activity.

– Our social housing portfolio increased by 13%, driven by refinancing of longer-dated loans, previously managed in Corporate Centre, onto shorter maturities and current market terms.

Santander UK plc 29

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Corporate & Investment Banking

Our committed exposures decreased by 17% due to decreases in our Sovereign and Supranational portfolios, which are now managed in our CFO division in Corporate Centre.

– Large corporate exposures decreased slightly. Credit quality was relatively stable overall.

– Financial institutions exposures decreased by 12%, largely driven by the transfer of prohibited activity to Banco Santander London Branch as part of ring-fencing.

Corporate Centre

In H118, committed exposures decreased by 13% largely driven by reductions in our Sovereign and Supranational portfolio.

– Sovereign and Supranational exposures largely consist of highly-rated liquid assets that we hold as part of normal liquid asset portfolio management and Government securities. The decrease in the overall exposure was largely driven by a decrease in deposits in the UK.

– Legacy portfolios in run-off reduced by 14% in H118.

– Social housing exposures reduced in 2018 to £5.2bn (2017: £6.0bn) as we continue to refinance longer-dated loans onto shorter maturities and current market terms that are then managed in Commercial Banking.

Credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process (described in ‘Monitoring’ in the ‘Credit risk management’ section of the 2017 Annual Report). The table below shows the exposures we monitor, and those we classify as non-performing by portfolio at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

	Committed exposure
			Watchlist
30 June 2018	Fully     performing £m		Enhanced     monitoring £m		Proactive     management £m		Non-performing exposure(1) £m		Total(2) £m		Loss   allowances(3) £m
Commercial Banking		22,430		1,402		498		359		24,689		207
Corporate & Investment Banking		25,620		784		163		38		26,605		26
Corporate Centre		48,601		22		5		23		48,651		18
Total ECL												251
31 December 2017
Commercial Banking		22,713		975		429		393		24,510		155
Corporate & Investment Banking		31,466		285		108		390		32,249		236
Corporate Centre		56,035		26		6		20		56,087		6
Total observed impairment loss allowances												397
Allowance for IBNO(4)												52
Total impairment loss allowances												449

(1) Non-performing exposure includes committed facilities and derivative exposures. So it can exceed the NPLs in the table on page 19 which only include drawn balances.

(2) Includes committed facilities and derivative exposures. We define ‘Enhanced Monitoring’ and ‘Proactive Management’ in the ‘Monitoring‘ section of the 2017 Annual Report.

(3) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9.

(4) We define Allowance for IBNO losses in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 2017 Annual Report.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking exposures subject to enhanced monitoring increased by 44%, largely as a result of three large Social Housing cases added in 2018 due to governance issues rather than credit concerns. Proactive management increased by 16%, largely in the care and service industries. NPEs decreased, however, as a result of successful exits.

Corporate & Investment Banking

Large corporate exposures subject to enhanced monitoring increased by 176% largely driven by the downgrade of a number of cases in construction and related industries. However, NPEs decreased to £38m (2017: £390m) as we exited the Carillion plc exposure through write-offs and made some recoveries on single name cases.

Corporate Centre

Legacy portfolios in run-off exposures subject to enhanced monitoring and proactive management remained relatively stable. NPEs also remained broadly stable at £23m (2017: £20m). Social Housing exposures subject to enhanced monitoring remained stable at £4m (2017: £4m).

30 Santander UK plc

> Credit risk

Forbearance

The balances at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017, analysed by IFRS 9 stage (H118) and their payment status (2017) at the period-end and the forbearance we applied, were:

	30 June 2018						31 December 2017
	Commercial Banking £m		Corporate & Investment Banking £m		Corporate Centre(1) £m		Commercial Banking £m		Corporate & Investment Banking £m		Corporate Centre(2) £m
Stock(2)
– Term extension		74		55		–		136		55		–
– Interest-only		146		–		11		152		–		14
– Other payment rescheduling		182		33		11		127		299		13
		402		88		22		415		354		27
Of which:
– Stage 1		49		–		2
– Stage 2		79		55		11
– Stage 3		274		33		9
– Non-performing								273		347		11
– Performing								142		7		16
		402		88		22		415		354		27
Proportion of portfolio		1.6%		0.2%		2.9%		1.7%		1.1%		2.6%

(1) Exposure within the Legacy Portfolios in run-off only.

(2) We base forbearance type on the first forbearance we applied. Tables only show accounts open at the period-end. Amounts are drawn balances and include off balance sheet balances.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

In Commercial Banking, the cumulative forbearance stock reduced by 3% to £402m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £415m). This decrease was mainly due to the successful resolution of NPL cases, and performing cases exiting forbearance according to defined criteria. Forbearance in CIB reduced by 75%, largely as a result of the write off of Carillion plc exposure. At 30 June 2018, there were four forborne cases (2017: five cases) in CIB.

Santander UK plc 31

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

OTHER SEGMENTS - PORTFOLIOS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST

Commercial Real Estate

Credit performance

The table below shows the main CRE credit performance metrics at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

	Customer loans(1) £m		NPLs(2)(3) £m		NPL ratio(4) %		Gross write-offs £m		Loss allowances(5) £m
30 June 2018		7,514		49		0.65		12		32
31 December 2017		8,144		69		0.85		11		54

(1) Comprises CRE drawn loans in the business banking portfolio of our Retail Banking segment of £232m (2017: £257m) and in the CRE portfolio of our Commercial Banking segment of £7,282m (2017: £7,886m).

(2) We define NPLs in the ‘Credit risk management’ section in the 2017 Annual Report.

(3) All NPLs continue accruing interest.

(4) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(5) Loss allowances for 2017 were on an incurred loss basis per IAS 39, whilst for H118 they are on an expected credit loss basis per IFRS 9.

LTV analysis

This table shows the LTV distribution for our CRE loan stock and NPL stock (based on the drawn balance and our latest estimate of the property’s current value) of the portfolio at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

	30 June 2018				31 December 2017
Loans and advances to customers	£m		%		£m		%
£50%		4,079		54		4,146		51
>50-70%		2,618		35		3,035		37
>70-100%		52		1		36		–
>100% i.e. negative equity		37		–		52		1
Standardised portfolio(1)		585		8		629		8
Total with collateral		7,371		98		7,898		97
Development loans		143		2		246		3
		7,514		100		8,144		100

(1) Consists of smaller value transactions, mainly commercial mortgages.

Sector analysis

The table below shows the sector analysis of the portfolio at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

	30 June 2018				31 December 2017
Sector	£m		%		£m		%
Office		1,973		26		2,181		27
Retail		1,289		17		1,389		17
Industrial		1,039		14		1,176		14
Residential		981		13		1,001		12
Mixed use		1,085		14		1,146		14
Student accommodation		119		2		133		2
Hotels and leisure		322		4		304		4
Other		121		2		185		2
Standardised portfolio(1)		585		8		629		8
		7,514		100		8,144		100

(1) Consists of smaller value transactions, mainly commercial mortgages.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

CRE loans written before 2009 totalled £281m (2017: £380m). The CRE pre-2009 loans were written on market terms which, compared with more recent times and following a significant tightening in our lending criteria, included higher original LTVs, lower interest coverage and exposure to development risk.

The CRE portfolio of £7,514m (2017: £8144m) is well diversified across sectors, with no significant regional or single name concentration. The portfolio represents 29% (2017: 30%) of our total lending to corporates and 4% (2017: 4%) of total customer loans.

At 30 June 2018, the LTV profile of the portfolio remained conservative with £6,697m (2017: £7,181m) of the non-standardised portfolio assets at or below 70% LTV. Loans with development risk were only 2% (2017: 3%) of the CRE portfolio. Development lending is typically on a non-speculative basis with significant pre-lets in place and/or pre-sales in place. The average loan balance at 30 June 2018 was unchanged at £4.7m (2017: £4.7m) and the top ten exposures made up 10% (2017: 10%) of the CRE portfolio.

Refinancing risk

For CRE loans approaching maturity, we look at the prospects of refinancing the loan on current market terms and applicable credit policy. Where this seems unlikely we put the case on our Watchlist.

At 30 June 2018, CRE loans of £1,197m (2017: £1,090m) were due to mature within 12 months. Of these, £29m, i.e. 2% (2017: £59m, i.e. 5%) had an LTV ratio higher than is acceptable under our current credit policy. At 30 June 2018, £26m of this (2017: £53m) had been put on our Watchlist or recorded as NPL and had an impairment loss allowance of £15m (2017: £27m).

32 Santander UK plc

> Market risk

Market risk

Overview	Key metrics
Market risk comprises trading market risk and banking market risk. Market risk management In H118, there were no significant changes in the way we manage market risk as described in the 2017 Annual Report. Market risk review In this section, we analyse our key trading and banking market risk metrics.	Net Interest Margin (NIM) sensitivity to +50bps decreased to £178m and to -50bps decreased to £(42)m (2017: £212m and £(125)m)
	Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivity to +50bps decreased to £29m and to -50bps decreased to £(133)m (2017: £95m and £(213)m)

TRADING MARKET RISK REVIEW

VaR

This table shows our Internal VaR for exposure to each of the main classes of risk at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017. The VaR figures show how much the fair values of all our tradeable instruments could have changed. Since trading instruments are recorded at fair value, these are also the amounts by which they could have increased or reduced our net income.

	Period-end exposure						Average exposure						Highest exposure				Lowest exposure
Trading instruments	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m			30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m			30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m		30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Interest rate risks		1.4			2.6			2.4			2.5			3.9		3.5		1.2		1.8
Equity risks		0.3			0.3			0.3			0.6			0.6		2.0		0.1		0.2
Foreign exchange risks		0.7			0.3			0.5			0.4			0.9		1.6		0.2		–
Diversification offsets(1)		(1.2	)		(0.7	)		(0.9	)		(0.8	)		–		–		–		–
Total correlated one-day VaR		1.2			2.5			2.3			2.7			3.8		3.7		1.2		2.0

(1) The highest and lowest exposures for each risk type did not necessarily happen on the same day as the highest and lowest total correlated one-day VaR. It is impossible to calculate a corresponding correlation offset effect, so we have not included it.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

As part of our ring-fencing plans, we transferred some market making activity and the associated market risk to Banco Santander London Branch in H118, and some market risk positions have been in run-off (positions allowed to mature, expire or close) since the start of 2018. This has changed our market risk profile at 30 June 2018 which can be seen in the table above. Additional transfers of market making activity and the associated market risk are planned to be made to Banco Santander London Branch in H218. Once all other non-permitted market risk positions have been run off by the end of 2018, there will be a small amount of trading market risk left from permitted products and permitted customers left in the ring-fenced bank. For more on our ring-fencing plans, see Note 26 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

BANKING MARKET RISK REVIEW

Interest rate risk

Yield curve risk

The table below shows how our key risk metrics would be affected by a 50 basis point parallel shift (both up and down) applied instantaneously to the yield curve at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

	30 June 2018					31 December 2017
	+50bps £m		-50bps £m			+50bps £m		-50bps £m
NIM sensitivity		178		(42	)		212		(125	)
EVE sensitivity		29		(133	)		95		(213	)

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The movement in sensitivities in H118 was largely due to less margin compression as a result of higher levels of the yield curve and changes in the underlying assumptions we used for risk measurement purposes. We updated our assumptions to better reflect the current rate environment.

Santander UK plc 33

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

Liquidity risk

Overview

Key metrics

Liquidity risk is the risk that, while still being solvent, we do not have the liquid financial resources to meet our obligations when they fall due, or we can only obtain them at high cost. Liquidity risk management In H118, there were no significant changes in the way we manage liquidity risk as described in the 2017 Annual Report. Liquidity risk review In this section, we analyse our key liquidity metrics, including our Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), our Liquidity Risk Appetite (LRA), and our wholesale funding. We also provide details on asset encumbrance.

LCR increased to 138% (2017: 120%) LCR eligible liquidity pool increased to £50.5bn (2017: £48.5bn)

LIQUIDITY RISK REVIEW

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

This table shows our LCR and LRA at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017. It reflects the stress testing methodology in place at that time.

	LCR						LRA(1)
	30 June 2018 £bn			31 December 2017 £bn			30 June 2018 £bn			31 December 2017 £bn
Eligible liquidity pool (liquidity value)		46.5			47.4			45.4			45.7
Net stress outflows		(33.8	)		(39.7	)		(28.8	)		(34.7	)
Surplus		12.7			7.7			16.6			11.0
Eligible liquidity pool as a percentage of anticipated net cash flows		138%			120%			158%			132%

(1) The LRA is a three month Santander UK specific requirement.

At 30 June 2018, the carrying value of the assets in our LCR eligible liquidity pool was £50.5bn (2017: £48.5bn) and £46.5bn (2017: £47.4bn) on a liquidity value basis.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Throughout H118, we maintained robust risk management controls to monitor and manage the levels of our eligible liquidity pool and encumbrance. The LCR increased to 138% at 30 June 2018 (2017: 120%), whilst the LRA increased to 158% at 30 June 2018 (2017: 132%), reflecting increased medium term funding activity in H118 as part of prudent liquidity planning.

34 Santander UK plc

> Liquidity risk

OUR FUNDING STRATEGY AND STRUCTURE

Maturity profile of wholesale funding

Our overall funding strategy remains to develop and sustain a diversified funding base. We also need to fulfil regulatory requirements as well as support our credit ratings.

This table shows our main sources of wholesale funding. It does not include securities financing repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The table is based on exchange rates at issue and scheduled repayments and call dates. It does not reflect the final contractual maturity of the funding.

30 June 2018	£1 month £bn		>1 and £3 months £bn		>3 and £6 months £bn		>6 and £9 months £bn		>9 and £12 months £bn		Sub-total £1 year £bn		>1  and £2 years £bn		>2  and £5 years £bn		>5 years £bn		Total £bn
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc(1)
Senior unsecured – public benchmark		–		–		–		–		–		–		–		5.1		2.6		7.7
– privately placed		–		–		–		–		–		–		–		–		0.1		0.1
Subordinated liabilities and equity (incl. AT1)		–		–		–		–		0.5		0.5		0.3		0.8		1.5		3.1
		–		–		–		–		0.5		0.5		0.3		5.9		4.2		10.9
Other Santander UK plc
Deposits by banks		0.3		0.1		–		–		–		0.4		–		–		–		0.4
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper		2.2		3.4		2.2		0.8		0.1		8.7		–		–		–		8.7
Senior unsecured – public benchmark		–		1.3		–		2.3		–		3.6		2.8		5.2		1.4		13.0
– privately placed		–		–		–		–		1.0		1.0		1.2		0.6		0.3		3.1
Covered bonds		–		–		–		–		–		–		3.1		7.5		4.1		14.7
Securitisation and structured issuance(2)		–		0.1		1.3		0.6		0.1		2.1		0.7		1.6		0.1		4.5
Term Funding Scheme (TFS)		–		–		–		–		–		–		–		10.8		–		10.8
Subordinated liabilities		–		–		0.1		–		–		0.1		–		–		2.3		2.4
		2.5		4.9		3.6		3.7		1.2		15.9		7.8		25.7		8.2		57.6
Other group entities
Securitisation and structured issuance(3)		–		–		0.1		0.1		0.3		0.5		0.8		0.8		–		2.1
		–		–		0.1		0.1		0.3		0.5		0.8		0.8		–		2.1
Total at 30 June 2018		2.5		4.9		3.7		3.8		2.0		16.9		8.9		32.4		12.4		70.6
Of which:
– Secured		–		0.1		1.4		0.7		0.4		2.6		4.6		20.7		4.2		32.1
– Unsecured		2.5		4.8		2.3		3.1		1.6		14.3		4.3		11.7		8.2		38.5
Total at 31 December 2017		4.8		3.9		3.3		1.4		1.5		14.9		7.9		28.9		11.2		62.9
Of which:
– Secured		0.9		–		1.4		–		1.3		3.6		2.9		18.3		3.4		28.2
– Unsecured		3.9		3.9		1.9		1.4		0.2		11.3		5.0		10.6		7.8		34.7

(1) Currently all our senior debt issued out of Santander UK Group Holdings plc is downstreamed into Santander UK plc on an equivalent rankings basis (e.g. senior unsecured is downstreamed as senior unsecured, subordinated capital instruments are downstreamed as subordinated capital instruments, etc.). However, under the end-state MREL/TLAC regime, senior unsecured debt issued out of Santander UK Group Holdings plc will be downstreamed in a form that is subordinated to senior unsecured debt, but senior to subordinated capital instruments issued out of Santander UK plc.

(2) This includes funding from mortgage-backed securitisation vehicles where Santander UK plc is the asset originator.

(3) This includes funding from asset-backed securitisation vehicles where entities other than Santander UK plc are the asset originator.

Term issuance

In H118, our external term issuance (sterling equivalent) was:

	Sterling £bn		US Dollar £bn		Euro £bn		Other £bn		Total H118 £bn		Total H117 £bn
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc
Senior unsecured – public benchmark		0.5		0.7		0.7		–		1.9		1.2
– privately placed		–		–		–		–		–		0.1
Subordinated debt and equity (incl. AT1)		–		–		–		–		–		0.5
		0.5		0.7		0.7		–		1.9		1.8
Other Santander UK plc
Securitisations		0.3		0.7		–		–		1.0		–
Covered bonds		1.5		–		0.9		–		2.4		1.0
Senior unsecured – public benchmark		0.4		1.6		–		–		2.0		–
– privately placed		0.3		–		0.6		–		0.9		–
Term Funding Scheme		2.3		–		–		–		2.3		3.0
		4.8		2.3		1.5		–		8.6		4.0
Other group entities
Senior unsecured – privately placed		–		–		–		–		–		0.1
		–		–		–		–		–		0.1
Total gross issuances		5.3		3.0		2.2		–		10.5		5.9

Santander UK plc 35

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Our total wholesale funding increased by £7.7bn (inclusive of TFS) to £70.6bn (2017: £62.9bn). The increase in funding has resulted in a higher LCR, this is part of our prudent liquidity planning, reducing our reliance on wholesale funding markets in H218.

Debt capital markets experienced pockets of volatility during the first half of 2018, however generally market conditions were receptive. As a result, we continued to see good demand from investors for high quality paper. Our total term funding was £10.5bn (H117: £5.9bn), of which £8.2bn (H117: £2.4bn) was medium-term issuance and £2.3bn (H117: £3.0bn) was TFS, there were no capital issuances (H117: £0.5bn).

The £8.2bn medium-term funding included £1.9bn of downstreamed funding from issuances by our immediate parent (this is currently in the form of loans that rank pari passu with our existing senior unsecured liabilities), £2.9bn of senior unsecured notes by the Company, £2.4bn of covered bonds and £1.0bn of securitisations. Maturities in H118 were £4.0bn (H117: £6.3bn).

At 30 June 2018, 76% (2017: 75%) of wholesale funding had a maturity of greater than one year, with an overall residual duration of 40 months (2017: 43 months). The total drawdown outstanding from the TFS, which ended in February 2018, was £10.8bn (2017: £8.5bn). The total drawdowns of UK Treasury Bills under the Funding for Lending Scheme, which ended in January 2018, decreased to £2.7bn (2017: £3.2bn).

Encumbrance

Encumbrance of customer loans and advances

We have issued prime retail mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitised products to a diverse investor base through our mortgage-backed and other asset-backed funding programmes.

We have raised funding with mortgage-backed notes, both issued to third parties and retained (the latter being central bank eligible collateral for funding purposes in other Bank of England facilities) and other asset-backed notes. We also have a covered bond programme. Under this, we issue securities to investors secured by a pool of residential mortgages.

For more on how we have issued notes from our secured programmes externally and also retained them, and what we have used them for, see Notes 12 and 22 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Our level of encumbrance from external and internal issuance of securitisations and covered bonds remained broadly static in H118, as planned.

36 Santander UK plc

> Capital risk

Capital risk

Overview

Key metrics

Capital risk is the risk that we do not have an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet our internal business needs, regulatory requirements and market expectations, including dividend and AT1 distributions. Capital risk management In H118, there were no significant changes in the way we manage capital risk as described in the 2017 Annual Report. Capital risk review In this section, we set out a brief update on emerging regulation. We then analyse our capital resources and key capital ratios.

CET1 capital ratio of 12.7% (2017: 12.2%) Total capital resources of £16.9bn (2017: £17.1bn)

THE SCOPE OF OUR CAPITAL ADEQUACY

Regulatory supervision

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

Santander UK plc is incorporated in the UK. For capital purposes, we are subject to prudential supervision by the:

– PRA: as a UK banking group

– ECB: as a member of the Banco Santander group. The ECB supervises Banco Santander as part of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM).

Although we are part of the Banco Santander group, we do not have a guarantee from our ultimate parent Banco Santander SA and we operate as an autonomous subsidiary. As we are part of the UK sub-group that is regulated by the PRA, we have to meet the PRA capital requirements on a standalone basis. We also have to show the PRA that we can withstand capital stress tests without the support of our parent. Reinforcing our corporate governance framework, the PRA exercises oversight through its rules and regulations on the Board and senior management appointments.

Santander UK Group Holdings plc is the holding company of Santander UK plc and is the head of the Santander UK group for regulatory capital and leverage purposes. The basis of consolidation for our capital disclosures is the same one we use for our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Santander UK plc 37

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

CAPITAL RISK REVIEW

Key capital ratios

	30 June 2018 %		31 December 2017 %
CET1 capital ratio		12.7		12.2
AT1		2.4		2.4
Grandfathered Tier 1		0.8		0.8
Tier 2		3.9		4.3
Total capital ratio		19.8		19.7

The total subordination available to Santander UK plc bondholders was 19.8% (2017: 19.7%) of RWAs.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

We complied with the PRA’s capital adequacy rules throughout H118. Our CET1 capital ratio improved 50bps to 12.7% at 30 June 2018 (2017: 12.2%), with capital accretion through retained profits, as well as a reduction in RWAs through enhanced focus on RWAs and an extension of our model for large corporates. Our total capital ratio improved slightly to 19.8% (2017: 19.7%), with higher CET1 capital, partially offset by the decrease in Tier 2 capital due to buyback for Tier 2 instruments in H118.

Regulatory capital resources

This table provides an analysis of our regulatory capital.

	30 June 2018 £m	31 December 2017 £m
CET1 capital	10,818	10,620
AT1 capital	2,690	2,762
Tier 1 capital	13,508	13,382
Tier 2 capital	3,359	3,741
Total regulatory capital(1)	16,867	17,123

(1) Capital resources include a transitional IFRS 9 benefit of £22m

38 Santander UK plc

> Other key risks

Other key risks

Overview	Key metrics
Other key risks management In H118, there were no significant changes in the way we manage and monitor other key risks, as described in the 2017 Annual Report. Other key risks review In this section, we discuss pension risk, conduct and regulatory risk, operational risk and financial crime risk.	Pension Deficit at Risk was £1,500m (2017: £1,540m) Remaining PPI provision was £301m (2017: £356m)

PENSION RISK

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The funding Deficit at Risk decreased to £1,500m (2017: £1,540m). This was driven by the ongoing increase in interest rate hedging that began in December 2017. At 30 June 2018, the interest rate hedging ratio on a funding basis was 61% (2017: 57%). The inflation rate hedging ratio of the Scheme on a funding basis was 67% (2017: 64%).

We continue to focus on achieving the right balance between risk and reward. In H118, overall asset returns were broadly flat. Our long-term objective is to reduce the risk of the Scheme and eliminate the deficit on a funding valuation basis.

Accounting position

In H118, the accounting surplus of the Scheme and other funded arrangements increased, with sections in surplus of £868m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £449m) and sections in deficit of £69m (2017: £245m). The overall position of the funded arrangements was a surplus of £799m (2017: £204m). There were also unfunded scheme liabilities of £39m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £41m). The improvement in the overall position was mainly driven by rising corporate bond yields which led to a higher discount rate being adopted and hence a lower value being placed on the liabilities.

For more on our pension obligations, including the current asset allocation, see Note 20 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CONDUCT AND REGULATORY RISK

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

To make sure we fully consider customer impacts across our business, we continue to maintain a strong focus on robust oversight and control over the full customer journey. Compliance teams are established across all our key business divisions. Conduct risk frameworks are in place across all business divisions and are operating alongside the wider Risk Framework to identify, assess, manage and report conduct and regulatory risk.

In H118, we continued to build on the progress we made in 2017 and take a customer-focused approach in how we develop our strategy, products and policies that support fair customer outcomes and market integrity. As part of this, we:

– Assessed the views and new policy areas in the FCA’s 2018/19 Business Plan and built them into our three year business planning activities.

– Developed the reporting for regulatory and conduct matters to the Board Responsible Banking Committee (BRBC), which was established in H217. This included enhancing the visibility and reporting of conduct related measures to support fair customer outcomes.

– Delivered change to meet the evolving regulatory landscape, including changes brought about by Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (MiFID II), Second Payment Services Directive (PSDII), General Data Protection Regulation, Banking Reform and implementing the Banking Reform compliance model.

– Maintained an open and constructive relationship with Banco Santander to ensure that our approaches to conduct and regulatory risk share a common understanding and minimum standards.

– Refined the Conduct Risk Framework with focus on our Corporate, Commercial Banking and Corporate & Investment Banking divisions in line with the FCA’s 5 Conduct Questions Programme.

– Developed stronger links between Compliance and HR on the Santander UK culture agenda.

For more on our conduct remediation provision, including sensitivities, see Note 19 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements. We explain more about these sensitivities in ‘Critical accounting policies and areas of significant management judgement’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

Santander UK plc 39

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Risk review

OPERATIONAL RISK

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

2018 is the final year of delivery to embed the Operational Risk Transformation Programmes into the business. This involved the roll-out of the operational risk system to more areas of the business. Open Banking and PSDII have brought significant opportunities for us to develop new products and services for customers but they have also introduced new risks for both us and our customers. In 2017 we carried out operational risk reviews in relation to these initiatives, in order to identify, assess, manage and report the key risks involved, mainly in relation to fraud, data security and third party providers. Our focus on managing these risks continues, with further reviews being performed throughout H118.

Third party provider risk remains one of our top risks. This is based on our increasing use of third parties for cloud, innovations, new partnerships and new digital services. Our digital transformation and cloud strategy to outsource critical services could expose us to new operational risks. To manage these risks, we continue to build and enhance our Third Party Risk Management control framework.

In H118, we had no material disruption from cyber-attacks despite a rise in cyber threats in the UK banking industry. Investments made to improve our ability to detect and respond to malicious activity targeting our internet services have increased levels of protection for our customers and shareholders. Our efforts are intelligence led via the UK’s Cyber Defence Centre from where security tests and event scenarios are coordinated and assessed. Our insights into the cyber threat landscape drive our system security and control programmes and our investment in security services. Threats such as denial of service, phishing and hacking drive improvement in systems, processes, controls and, most importantly, staff training. This helps to reduce cyber risk to our customers, systems and data. Together with our focus on data-centre resilience, this approach ensures we have a solid base that supports our digital transformation strategy.

Programmes of change affecting IT infrastructure or customer facing services naturally increase the risk of disruption to service. Strong technical and management controls are therefore central to our IT Governance, Risk and Compliance framework, especially those controls focused on IT changes and thorough testing of systems prior to deployment. Similar approaches to both cyber security and IT governance will ensure that we support future growth in an environment of improved cyber resilience and reduced legacy IT issues.

Over the past 24 months we have worked to ensure that we meet the requirements of the new European General Data Protection Regulation. This will soon be replaced by the UK Data Protection Act 2018 and we will continue to monitor and improve how we manage personal data.

We are due to complete our ring-fencing plans ahead of the Banking Reform regulatory deadline. Updates have been sent to all potentially impacted customers, and we have moved business not permitted in the ring-fenced bank across to Banco Santander London Branch and Banco Santander. For more on ring-fencing, see Note 26 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

FINANCIAL CRIME RISK

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

In H118, we continued to enhance our Financial Crime Control Framework through our Transformation Programme with oversight from the BRBC. It aims to deliver a sustainable operating model for how we manage financial crime across our business. The Programme will build on our current capabilities and take account of the evolving demands of financial crime regulations, as well as the expectations of our regulators and industry practice.

As part of this in H118, we:

– Agreed a financial crime target operating model and what steps we need to take to get there. This includes a plan to implement end to end systems and data architecture to build an operating model to migrate our operations to, which clearly defines our key risk metrics.

– Delivered specific financial crime training and launched our financial crime strategy. Our strategy underpins our commitment to Deter, Disrupt and Detect financial crime and focuses on increasing awareness and fostering an anti-financial crime culture.

Whilst we have well established anti-money laundering systems and controls, there is further investment and work required to complete our Transformation Programme, delivering strengthening measures to ensure ongoing adherence to regulatory standards during a period of intense regulatory change. We continue to track our progress through key phases of the Transformation Programme. The Financial Crime Steering Committee, chaired by the CLRO and the CEO and attended by senior management from businesses and technology, governs our Transformation Programme and provides senior management oversight (and challenges) of progress. The Transformation Programme is a key priority for the Board and is subject to Board-level oversight and reporting.

40 Santander UK plc

Financial statements

Contents
Primary financial statements	43
Consolidated Income Statement	43
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income	44
Consolidated Balance Sheet	45
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement	46
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity	47
Notes to the financial statements	48

Santander UK plc 41

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

This page left intentionally blank

42 Santander UK plc

> Primary financial statements

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Consolidated Income Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2018 and the half year to 30 June 2017

	Notes		Half year to 30 June 2018 £m			Half year to 30 June 2017 £m
Interest and similar income				3,001			2,977
Interest expense and similar charges				(1,190	)		(1,055	)
Net interest income				1,811			1,922
Fee and commission income				584			609
Fee and commission expense				(204	)		(200	)
Net fee and commission income				380			409
Net trading and other income		3		121			182
Total operating income				2,312			2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		4		(1,283	)		(1,215	)
Credit impairment losses		5		(91	)		(48	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		5		(33	)		(186	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges				(124	)		(234	)
Profit before tax				905			1,064
Tax on profit		6		(256	)		(323	)
Profit after tax for the period				649			741
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent				637			730
Non-controlling interests				12			11
Profit after tax for the period				649			741

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Santander UK plc 43

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2018 and the half year to 30 June 2017

	Half year to 30 June 2018 £m			Half year to 30 June 2017 £m
Profit after tax for the period		649			741
Other comprehensive income:
Other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently:
Available-for-sale securities:
– Change in fair value					72
– Income statement transfers					(48	)
– Taxation					(5	)
					19
Movement in fair value reserve (debt instruments):
– Change in fair value		(94	)
– Income statement transfers		67
– Taxation		6
		(21	)
Cash flow hedges:
– Effective portion of changes in fair value		84			(48	)
– Income statement transfers		(190	)		(124	)
– Taxation		21			48
		(85	)		(124	)
Net other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently		(106	)		(105	)
Other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently:
Pension remeasurement:
– Change in fair value		529			79
– Taxation		(132	)		(20	)
		397			59
Own credit adjustment:
– Change in fair value		(31	)		(23	)
– Taxation		8			6
		(23	)		(17	)
Net other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently		374			42
Total other comprehensive income for the period net of tax		268			(63	)
Total comprehensive income for the period		917			678
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent		904			666
Non-controlling interests		13			12
Total comprehensive income for the period		917			678

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

44 Santander UK plc

> Primary financial statements

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)

At 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017

	Notes		30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks				21,342		32,771
Trading assets		8		19,158		30,555
Derivative financial instruments		9		3,838		19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss				2,710		2,096
Loans and advances to banks(1)		10		2,410		3,463
Loans and advances to customers(1)		11		200,950		199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading(1)				13,611		2,614
Financial investments		13		20,986		17,611
Interests in other entities		14		80		73
Intangible assets				1,783		1,742
Property, plant and equipment				1,702		1,598
Current tax assets				46		–
Retirement benefit assets		20		868		449
Other assets				2,907		2,511
Assets held for sale		27		24,241		–
Total assets				316,632		314,765
Liabilities
Deposits by banks(1)		15		15,655		12,708
Deposits by customers(1)		16		175,885		183,146
Repurchase agreements – non trading(1)				17,447		1,578
Trading liabilities		17		8,375		31,109
Derivative financial instruments		9		1,466		17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value				1,238		2,315
Debt securities in issue		18		46,004		42,633
Subordinated liabilities				3,758		3,793
Other liabilities				2,847		2,730
Provisions		19		504		558
Current tax liabilities				–		3
Deferred tax liabilities				160		88
Retirement benefit obligations		20		108		286
Liabilities held for sale		27		26,616		–
Total liabilities				300,063		298,560
Equity
Share capital				3,119		3,119
Share premium				5,620		5,620
Other equity instruments				2,281		2,281
Retained earnings				5,194		4,732
Other reserves				190		301
Total shareholders’ equity				16,404		16,053
Non-controlling interests				165		152
Total equity				16,569		16,205
Total liabilities and equity				316,632		314,765

(1) From 1 January 2018, non-trading repurchase agreements and non-trading reverse repurchase agreements are now presented as separate lines in the balance sheet, as described in Note 1.

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Santander UK plc 45

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2018 and the half year to 30 June 2017

	Notes		Half year to 30 June 2018 £m			Half year to 30 June 2017 £m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax for the period				649			741
Adjustments for:
Non-cash items included in profit				210			678
Change in operating assets				(2,644	)		(1,445	)
Change in operating liabilities				(1,176	)		5,442
Corporation taxes paid				(236	)		(233	)
Effects of exchange rate differences				583			(132	)
Net cash flows from operating activities				(2,614	)		5,051
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in other entities		14		(66	)		–
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets				(350	)		(217	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets				13			24
Purchase of financial investments				(5,047	)		(419	)
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial investments				1,301			1,186
Net cash flows from investing activities				(4,149	)		574
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of AT1 Capital Securities				–			500
Issuance costs of AT1 Capital Securities				–			(4	)
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes				6,452			2,237
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes				(13	)		(9	)
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes				(4,601	)		(6,418	)
Dividends paid on ordinary shares		7		(250	)		(276	)
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments				(90	)		(80	)
Dividends paid on non-controlling interests				–			–
Net cash flows from financing activities				1,498			(4,050	)
Change in cash and cash equivalents				(5,265	)		1,575
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period				42,226			25,705
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents				206			(254	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period				37,167			27,026
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash and balances at central banks				21,342			18,255
Less: regulatory minimum cash balances				(631	)		(380	)
				20,711			17,875
Net trading other cash equivalents				2,591			6,775
Net non-trading other cash equivalents				13,865			2,376
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period				37,167			27,026

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

46 Santander UK plc

> Primary financial statements

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2018 and the half year to 30 June 2017

					Other equity instruments £m		Other reserves
	Share capital £m		Share premium £m				Available- for-sale £m			Fair value reserve £m			Cash flow hedging £m			Currency translation £m		Retained earnings(1) £m			Total £m			Non- controlling interests £m		Total £m
At 31 December 2017		3,119		5,620		2,281		68						228			5		4,732			16,053			152		16,205
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)		–		–		–		(68	)		63			–			–		(187	)		(192	)		–		(192	)
At 1 January 2018		3,119		5,620		2,281		–			63			228			5		4,545			15,861			152		16,013
Profit after tax		–		–		–					–			–			–		637			637			12		649
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
– Fair value reserve (debt instruments)		–		–		–					(21	)		–			–		–			(21	)		–		(21	)
– Cash flow hedges		–		–		–					–			(85	)		–		–			(85	)		–		(85	)
– Pension remeasurement		–		–		–					–			–			–		396			396			1		397
– Own credit adjustment		–		–		–					–			–			–		(23	)		(23	)		–		(23	)
Total comprehensive income		–		–		–					(21	)		(85	)		–		1,010			904			13		917
Other		–		–		–					–			–			–		(45	)		(45	)		–		(45	)
Dividends on ordinary shares		–		–		–					–			–			–		(250	)		(250	)		–		(250	)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments		–		–		–					–			–			–		(90	)		(90	)		–		(90	)
Tax on other equity instruments		–		–		–					–			–			–		24			24			–		24
At 30 June 2018		3,119		5,620		2,281					42			143			5		5,194			16,404			165		16,569
At 1 January 2017		3,119		5,620		1,785		48						471			5		4,255			15,303			150		15,453
Profit after tax		–		–		–		–						–			–		730			730			11		741
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
– Available-for-sale securities		–		–		–		19						–			–		–			19			–		19
– Cash flow hedges		–		–		–		–						(124	)		–		–			(124	)		–		(124	)
– Pension remeasurement		–		–		–		–						–			–		58			58			1		59
– Own credit adjustment		–		–		–		–						–			–		(17	)		(17	)		–		(17	)
Total comprehensive income		–		–		–		19						(124	)		–		771			666			12		678
Issue of AT1 Capital Securities		–		–		496		–						–			–		–			496			–		496
Dividends on ordinary shares		–		–		–		–						–			–		(323	)		(323	)		–		(323	)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments		–		–		–		–						–			–		(80	)		(80	)		–		(80	)
Tax on other equity instruments		–		–		–		–						–			–		26			26			–		26
At 30 June 2017		3,119		5,620		2,281		67						347			5		4,649			16,088			162		16,250

(1) Restated to reflect the change in accounting policy relating to business combinations between entities under common control, as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Santander UK plc 47

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2017 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies. The auditor’s report on those accounts was unqualified, did not draw attention to any matters by way of emphasis and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) of the UK Companies Act 2006.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the European Union, and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Santander UK group for the year ended 31 December 2017 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Those Consolidated Financial Statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of the IASB (together IFRS). The Santander UK group has also complied with its legal obligation to comply with IFRS as adopted by the European Union as there are no applicable differences between the two frameworks for the periods presented.

In preparing the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements management makes judgements, estimates and assumptions which impact the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Because of the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may differ. Management continually evaluates the judgements, estimates and assumptions applied, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Except as noted below, the same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group’s 2017 Annual Report.

IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. In order to be classified as held for sale, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary and the sale must be highly probable. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell, with the exception of financial instruments which remain governed by the requirements of IFRS 9, and are held at their IFRS 9 carrying value. For details of the disposal of assets and liabilities in connection with Banking Reform see Notes 26 and 27.

Recent accounting developments

On 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group adopted IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (IFRS 9) and IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (IFRS 15). The new/revised accounting policies are set out below. The Santander UK group has decided to continue adopting IAS 39 hedge accounting and consequently there have been no changes to the hedge accounting policies and practices set out in the 2017 Annual Report following the adoption of IFRS 9.

The impact of applying IFRS 9 is disclosed in Note 25(i). The accounting policy changes for IFRS 9, set out in section (i) below, have been applied from 1 January 2018. Comparatives have not been restated. As a result of the change from IAS 39 to IFRS 9, some disclosures presented in respect of certain financial assets are not comparable because their classification may have changed between the two standards. This means that some IFRS 9 disclosures are not directly comparable and some disclosures that relate to information presented on an IAS 39 basis are no longer relevant in the current period.

The application of IFRS 15 had no material impact on the Santander UK group as there were no significant changes in the recognition of in scope income. The accounting policy changes for IFRS 15 are set out in section (ii) below.

As explained in Note 25(i), the classification and measurement changes to financial assets that arose on adoption of IFRS 9 have been aligned to the presentation in the balance sheet as:

– Loans and receivables amounting to £1,071m and available-for-sale financial assets amounting to £110m that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics are mandatorily measured at FVTPL and were moved from financial investments to other financial assets at FVTPL.

– Social housing loans amounting to £977m were reclassified to amortised cost on adoption of IFRS 9 and, consequently, were moved from other financial assets at FVTPL to loans and advances to customers.

– £19m and £180m of other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers respectively, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

– The balance sheet category for ‘Financial assets designated at fair value’ has been changed to ‘Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’.

In addition, non-trading repurchase agreements and non-trading reverse repurchase agreements are now presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. Previously, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements were included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’, and non-trading repurchase agreements were included in ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Deposits by customers’. The new presentation, which is considered to be more relevant to an understanding of our financial position, was adopted with effect from 1 January 2018, and comparatives are re-presented accordingly.

i) IFRS 9 accounting policy changes

Interest income and expense

Interest income on financial assets that are classified as amortised cost, investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and interest expense on financial liabilities other than those at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) is determined using the effective interest rate method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the estimated future cash payments or receipts over the expected life of the instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset (i.e. its amortised cost before any impairment allowance) or to the amortised cost of a financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the future cash flows are estimated after considering all the contractual terms of the instrument excluding expected credit losses (ECLs). The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by the Santander UK group that are an integral part of the overall return, direct incremental transaction costs related to the acquisition, issue or disposal of the financial instrument and all other premiums or discounts.

48 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of financial assets, except for financial assets that have subsequently become credit-impaired (or ‘stage 3’), for which interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortised cost (i.e. net of the ECL provision).

Interest income on assets classified as amortised cost, investments in debt instruments measured at FVOCI, interest expense on liabilities classified at amortised cost, and interest income and expense on hedging derivatives are recognised in ‘Interest and similar income’ and ‘Interest expense and similar charges’ in the income statement, as appropriate.

Financial instruments

a) Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised when the Santander UK group becomes a party to the contractual terms of the instrument. The Santander UK group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Immediately after initial recognition, an ECL allowance is recognised for financial assets measured at amortised cost and investments in debt instruments measured at FVOCI.

A regular way purchase is a purchase of a financial asset under a contract whose terms require delivery of the asset within the timeframe established generally by regulation or convention in the market place concerned. Regular way purchases of financial assets classified as amortised cost, issues of equity or financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are recognised on settlement date; all other regular way purchases and issues are recognised on trade date.

b) Financial assets and liabilities

i) Classification and subsequent measurement

From 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group has applied IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

– Amortised cost;

– FVOCI;

– FVTPL.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as FVTPL where they are mandatorily held at FVTPL or where they are otherwise designated at FVTPL on initial recognition. Financial assets and financial liabilities which are mandatorily held at FVTPL include:

– Financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading (see below);

– Debt instruments that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) characteristics; and

– Equity instruments that have not been designated as held at FVOCI.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are derivatives or if they are acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near-term, or form part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking.

In certain circumstances financial assets and financial liabilities other than those that are held for trading are designated at FVTPL where this results in more relevant information because it significantly reduces a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains or losses on them on a different basis, where the assets or liabilities are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis or, in the case of financial liabilities, where it contains one or more embedded derivatives which are not closely related to the host contract.

The classification and measurement requirements for financial asset debt and equity instruments and financial liabilities are set out below.

a) Financial assets: debt instruments

Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability from the issuer’s perspective, such as loans and government and corporate bonds.

Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on the Santander UK group’s business model for managing the asset, and the cash flow characteristics of the asset.

Business model

The business model reflects how the Santander UK group manages the assets in order to generate cash flows and, specifically, whether the Santander UK group’s objective is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets or is to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of assets. If neither of these is applicable, such as where the financial assets are held for trading purposes, then the financial assets are classified as part of ‘Other’ business model and measured at FVTPL. Factors considered by the Santander UK group in determining the business model for a group of assets include past experience on how the cash flows for these assets were collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated and reported to key management personnel and how risks are assessed and managed.

SPPI

Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash flows and sell, the Santander UK group assesses whether the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI. In making this assessment, the Santander UK group considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending arrangement (i.e. interest includes only consideration for the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement). Where the contractual terms introduce exposure to risk or volatility that are inconsistent with a basic lending arrangement, the related asset is classified and measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are SPPI.

Based on these factors, the Santander UK group classifies its debt instruments into one of the following three measurement categories:

– Amortised cost – Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent SPPI, and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortised cost. The carrying amount of these assets is adjusted by any ECL recognised and measured as presented in Note 25. Interest income from these financial assets is included in ‘Interest and similar income’ using the effective interest rate method. When the group revises the estimates of future cash flows, the carrying amount of the respective financial assets or financial liability is adjusted to reflect the new estimate discounted using the original effective interest rate. Any changes are recognised in the income statement.

Santander UK plc 49

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

– FVOCI – Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI, and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are recognised in OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses on the instrument’s amortised cost which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in ‘Net trading and other income’. Interest income from these financial assets is included in ‘Interest and similar income’ using the effective interest rate method.

– FVTPL – Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt instrument that is subsequently measured at FVTPL, including any debt instruments designated at fair value, is recognised in profit or loss and presented in the income statement in ‘Net trading and other income’ in the period in which it arises.

The Santander UK group reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place from the start of the first reporting period following the change. Such changes are expected to be very infrequent.

b) Financial assets: equity instruments

Equity instruments are instruments that meet the definition of equity from the issuer’s perspective being instruments that do not contain a contractual obligation to pay cash and that evidence a residual interest in the issuer’s net assets. The Santander UK group subsequently measures all equity investments at FVTPL, except where management has elected, at initial recognition, to irrevocably designate an equity investment at FVOCI. When this election is used, fair value gains and losses are recognised in OCI and are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss, including on disposal. ECLs (and reversal of ECLs) are not reported separately from other changes in fair value. Dividends, when representing a return on such investments, continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when Santander UK group’s right to receive payments is established. Gains and losses on equity investments at FVTPL are included in the ‘Net trading and other income’ line in the income statement.

c) Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost, except for:

– Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: this classification is applied to derivatives, financial liabilities held for trading and other financial liabilities designated as such at initial recognition. Gains or losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are presented partially in other comprehensive income (the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability) and partially in profit or loss (the remaining amount of change in the fair value of the liability);

– Financial liabilities arising from the transfer of financial assets which did not qualify for derecognition, whereby a financial liability is recognised for the consideration received for the transfer. In subsequent periods, the Santander UK group recognises any expense incurred on the financial liability; and

– Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments.

ii) Impairment of debt instrument financial assets

The Santander UK group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instrument assets carried at amortised cost and FVOCI and with the exposure arising from financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments. The Santander UK group recognises a loss allowance for such losses at each reporting date. The measurement of ECL reflects:

- An unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;

- The time value of money; and

- Reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Further details of how ECL is calculated are provided in the Credit Risk section of the Risk review.

iii) Modifications of financial assets

The treatment of a renegotiation or modification of the contractual cash flows of a financial asset depends upon whether the renegotiation or modification is done for commercial reasons or because of financial difficulties of the borrower.

– Contractual modifications for commercial reasons: such modifications are treated as a new transaction resulting in the derecognition of the original financial asset, and the recognition of a “new” financial asset. Any difference between the carrying amount of the derecognised asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognised in the income statement as a gain or loss on derecognition.

– Contractual modifications due to financial difficulties of the borrower: where Santander UK modifies the contractual conditions to enable the borrower to fulfil their payment obligations, the asset is not derecognised. The gross carrying amount of the financial asset is recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated/modified contractual cash flows that are discounted at the financial asset’s original EIR and any gain or loss arising from the modification is recognised in the income statement.

Other contractual modifications are assessed on a case-by-case basis to establish whether or not the financial asset should be derecognised.

iv) Derecognition other than on a modification

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or the Santander UK group has transferred its contractual right to receive the cash flows from the assets and either: (1) substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred; or (2) the Santander UK group has neither retained nor transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards, but has transferred control.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when extinguished, cancelled or expired.

c) Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and others on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities.

Financial guarantee contracts are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of:

– The amount of the loss allowance; and

– The premium received on initial recognition less income recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15.

50 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

Loan commitments are measured as the amount of the loss allowance. The Santander UK group has not provided any commitment to provide loans at a below-market interest rate, or that can be settled net in cash or by delivering or issuing another financial instrument.

For financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments, the loss allowance is recognised as a provision and charged to credit impairment losses in the income statement. The loss allowance in respect of any revolving facilities is shown as part of loans and advances to customers to the extent of any drawn balances with only the excess recognised as a provision.

ii) IFRS 15 accounting policy changes

Revenue recognition: fee and commission income and expense

Fees and commissions that are not an integral part of the effective interest rate are recognised when the service is performed. For retail and corporate products, fee and commission income consists principally of collection services fees, commission on foreign currencies, commission and other fees received from retailers for processing credit card transactions, fees received from other credit card issuers for providing cash advances for their customers through the Santander UK group’s branch and ATM networks, annual fees payable by credit card holders and fees for non-banking financial products.

For insurance products, fee and commission income consists principally of commissions and profit share arising from the sale of building and contents insurance and life protection insurance. Commissions arising from the sale of buildings and contents insurance are recognised over the period of insurance cover, adjusted to take account of cancelled policies. Profit share income from the sale of buildings and contents insurance which is not subject to any adjustment is recognised when the profit share income is earned. Commissions and profit share arising from the sale of life protection insurance is subject to adjustment for cancellations of policies within 3 years from inception.

Fee and commission income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument (e.g. certain loan commitment fees) is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and recorded in ‘Interest income’.

Future accounting developments

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (IFRS 16) – In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier adoption is permitted for entities that apply IFRS 15 at or before the date of initial application of IFRS 16. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure for both lessees and lessors. For lessee accounting, IFRS 16 introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognise a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. For lessor accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements from the existing leasing standard (IAS 17) and a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases and to account for those two types of leases differently. At the date of publication of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements the impact of the standard is currently being assessed and it is not yet practicable to quantify the effect of IFRS 16 on these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Details of existing operating lease commitments in respect of leases where the Santander UK group is lessee and that are likely to come on the balance sheet under IFRS 16 are set out in Note 29 to the 2017 Annual Report.

Going Concern

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Santander UK group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least twelve months from the date that the balance sheet is signed. Having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the ‘going concern’ basis of accounting in preparing the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND AREAS OF SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT JUDGEMENT

The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The introduction of IFRS 9 has given rise to areas of significant management judgement in respect of the ECL impairment methodology and these are explained further below. There have been no other significant changes in the basis upon which estimates and judgements have been determined compared to that applied in the 2017 Annual Report.

Credit impairment losses – ECL impairment methodology

The following estimates and judgements in connection with the application of the ECL impairment methodology are highly susceptible to change from period to period as assumptions are made to calculate the estimates. Any significant difference between the estimated amounts and actual amounts could have a material impact on the Santander UK group’s future financial results and financial condition.

– Forward-looking multiple economic scenarios: we use five scenarios, consisting of a central base case, two upside scenarios and two downside scenarios except for our CIB portfolio, where we use a central base case and a single upside and downside scenario. For CIB portfolios, we consider these scenarios sufficient to account for any non-linear relationships. For non-CIB portfolios, we create our macroeconomic scenarios by imposing the chosen paths for GDP on the Oxford Economic model in order to generate other macroeconomic variables, such as House Price Index (HPI) and unemployment rates.

– Probability weights: in determining our initial scenario probability weightings, we award the highest weight to the base case, whilst the extreme scenarios typically attract lower weights than the more moderate ones. In addition, due to the current economic position and policy concerns evidenced by the PRA and Financial Policy Committee (FPC), and due to political concerns we have applied a higher weighting to the downside scenarios.

– Significant increase in credit risk: a combination of quantitative (both absolute and relative), qualitative and backstop criteria are employed to determine exposures that are considered significantly credit deteriorated since initial recognition and which are subject to assessment for lifetime ECL measurement.

– Post Model Adjustments: these relate to adjustments which we deem necessary because of identified model limitations – most notably those that have arisen due to challenges in obtaining historical data. We expect these to gradually become redundant as we build up sufficient comparative data over future reporting periods.

Santander UK plc 51

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

2. SEGMENTS

The Santander UK group’s business is managed and reported on the basis of the following segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Corporate & Investment Banking (formerly branded as Global Corporate Banking) and Corporate Centre. The segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business has different customers and requires different technology and marketing strategies. There has been no change to the descriptions of these segments and segmental accounting as set out in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

Half year to 30 June 2018	Retail         Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income/(expense)		1,587			204			33			(13	)		1,811
Non-interest income/(expense)		305			40			171			(15	)		501
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(965	)		(135	)		(150	)		(33	)		(1,283	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(52	)		(22	)		(18	)		1			(91	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(33	)		7			(2	)		(5	)		(33	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(85	)		(15	)		(20	)		(4	)		(124	)
Profit/(loss) before tax		842			94			34			(65	)		905
Revenue from external customers		2,170			319			233			(410	)		2,312
Inter-segment revenue		(278	)		(75	)		(29	)		382			–
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		311			13			14			–			338
- Insurance, protection and investments		46			–			–			–			46
- Credit cards		45			–			–			–			45
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		73			28			49			5			155
Total fee and commission income(3)		475			41			63			5			584
Total assets(4)		177,374			19,028			55,482			64,748			316,632
Of which assets held for sale		306			–			23,814			121			24,241
Total liabilities		148,846			17,064			49,884			84,269			300,063
Of which liabilities held for sale		5,735			–			20,867			15			26,617
Half year to 30 June 2017(5)	Retail Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income		1,657			191			33			41			1,922
Non-interest income		300			37			201			53			591
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(919	)		(109	)		(145	)		(42	)		(1,215	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(39	)		(3	)		(9	)		3			(48	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(155	)		(29	)		–			(2	)		(186	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases		(194	)		(32	)		(9	)		1			(234	)
Profit before tax		844			87			80			53			1,064
Revenue from external customers		2,272			318			279			(356	)		2,513
Inter-segment revenue		(315	)		(90	)		(45	)		450			–
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		330			14			13			–			357
- Insurance, protection and investments		48			–			–			–			48
- Credit cards		44			–			–			–			44
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		65			30			65			–			160
Total fee and commission income(3)		487			44			78			–			609
31 December 2017
Total assets(4)		174,524			19,391			51,078			69,772			314,765
Total liabilities		150,847			18,697			45,603			83,413			298,560

(1) The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2) Non-banking and other fees include mortgages, consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance

(3) The majority of fee and commission income is recognised at a point in time. Certain commitment, upfront and management fees are recognised over time but are not material. Insurance commissions and associated income are recognised over time in accordance with the accounting policy described in Note 1 to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(4) Includes customer loans, net of impairment loss allowances.

(5) Restated on the same basis as described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

52 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

3. NET TRADING AND OTHER INCOME

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Net trading and other income		121		182

In December 2017, Santander UK exercised its option to call the £175m Fixed/Floating Rate Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities. These were fully redeemed on 9 February 2018. In September 2017, as part of a capital management exercise, we purchased and redeemed 91% of the 7.375% 20 Year Step-up perpetual callable subordinated notes. These had no significant impact on the income statement.

4. OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE IMPAIRMENT LOSSES, PROVISIONS AND CHARGES

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Staff costs		691		566
Other administration expenses		411		493
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment		181		156
		1,283		1,215

5. CREDIT IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND PROVISIONS

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Credit Impairment losses:
Loans and advances to customers (See Note 11)		102			76
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs (See Note 11)		(21	)		(28	)
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 19)		10
		91			48
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 19)		33			181
Provisions for residual value and voluntary termination (See Note 11)		–			5
		33			186
		124			234

The new credit impairment loss allowance requirements introduced by IFRS 9 mandated a change from recognising impairment losses on an incurred loss basis (as reflected in H117) to an expected credit loss (ECL) basis (as reflected in H118). For more details on this change in methodology, refer to the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25. There were no material credit impairment losses on loans and advances to banks and financial investments.

6. TAXATION

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Profit before tax		905			1,064
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 19% (H117: 19.25%)		172			205
Bank surcharge on profits		64			77
Non-deductible preference dividends paid		5			5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy		13			18
Non-deductible conduct remediation		(2	)		16
Net disallowable items and non-taxable income		10			12
Adjustment to prior period provisions		(6	)		(10	)
Tax charge		256			323

Interim period corporation tax is accrued based on the estimated average annual effective corporation tax for the year of 28.3% (H117: 30.4%). The standard rate of UK corporation tax was 27% for banking entities and 19% for non-banking entities (2017: 27.25% for banking entities and 19.25% for non-banking entities) following the introduction of an 8% surcharge which is applied to banking companies from 1 January 2016. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the relevant jurisdictions. The Finance (No.2) Act 2015 introduced reductions in the corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% in 2017 and 18% by 2020. The Finance Act 2016, which was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016, introduced a further reduction in the standard rate of corporation tax rate to 17% from 2020. The effects of the changes in tax rates are included in the deferred tax balances at both 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

Santander UK plc 53

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

7. DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES

An interim dividend of £250m was declared and paid on 29 June 2018 on the Company’s ordinary shares in issue (H117: £323m).

8. TRADING ASSETS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities purchased under resale agreements		3,740		8,870
Debt securities		–		5,156
Equity securities		8,264		9,662
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		7,082		6,156
Short-term loans		72		711
		19,158		30,555

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

9. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

			30 June 2018						31 December 2017
			Fair value						Fair value
	Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m		Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts		9,481		406		334		144,160		2,559		4,130
Interest rate contracts		74,493		482		3		863,151		11,612		11,140
Equity and credit contracts		12,776		799		440		19,814		888		693
Total derivatives held for trading		96,750		1,687		777		1,027,125		15,059		15,963
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		3,339		332		–		2,641		312		6
Interest rate contracts		70,066		7		423		59,610		1,272		1,470
Equity derivative contracts		–		–		–		16		–		4
		73,405		339		423		62,267		1,584		1,480
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		27,603		1,691		87		23,117		3,206		55
Interest rate contracts		23,992		121		177		12,884		84		115
Equity derivative contracts		50		–		2		26		9		–
		51,645		1,812		266		36,027		3,299		170
Total derivatives held for hedging		125,050		2,151		689		98,294		4,883		1,650
Total derivative financial instruments		221,800		3,838		1,466		1,125,419		19,942		17,613

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets that have transferred, or will transfer, outside the Santander UK group as part of our ring-fencing plans, including those reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

10. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to banks		2,410		3,463

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

54 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

11. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to customers		200,471			199,151
Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures		1,344			1,199
Amounts due from Santander UK Group Holdings plc		–			8
Loans and advances to customers		201,815			200,358
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers		(792	)		(940	)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions		(73	)		(78	)
Net loans and advances to customers		200,950			199,340

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

Movement in credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances:

	Loans secured on residential properties £m			Corporate loans £m			Finance leases £m			Other unsecured loans £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		225			490			46			179			940
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)		47			99			11			54			211
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures(2)		(3	)		(25	)		–			(22	)		(50	)
At 1 January 2018		269			564			57			211			1,101
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(13	)		24			17			74			102
Write-offs and other items(1)		(7	)		(318	)		(15	)		(71	)		(411	)
At 30 June 2018		249			270			59			214			792
Recoveries, net of collection costs		1			1			3			16			21
At 1 January 2017		279			382			45			215			921
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(18	)		12			17			65			76
Write-offs and other items(1)		(10	)		(38	)		(16	)		(69	)		(133	)
At 30 June 2017		251			356			46			211			864
Recoveries, net of collection costs		2			1			4			21			28

(1) Mortgage write-offs exclude the effect of the unwind over time of the discounting in estimating losses, as described in the accounting policy ‘Impairment of financial assets’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. Mortgage write-offs including this effect were £8m (H117: £11m).

(2) This relates to ECL on undrawn exposures following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

Santander UK plc 55

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

12. SECURITISATIONS AND COVERED BONDS

a) Securitisations

The gross assets securitised at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017 under the structures described below were:

	Gross assets securitised
	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Master trust structures:
– Holmes		3,788		4,299
– Fosse		5,167		5,732
– Langton		3,433		3,893
		12,388		13,924
Other securitisation structures:
– Motor		1,146		1,318
– Auto ABS UK Loans		1,480		1,498
		2,626		2,816
Total		15,014		16,740

i) Master trust structures

Holmes

During the period, there were £1.0bn of external issuances from Holmes Master Issuer plc (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of mortgage-backed securities (H117: £0.7bn equivalent).

Fosse

During the period, there were no external issuances from Fosse Master Issuer plc (H117: £nil). External mortgage-backed notes totalling £0.4bn (H117: £0.7bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

Langton

During the period, there were no external issuances from the Langton issuing companies (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of mortgage-backed notes (H117: £nil).

ii) Other securitisation structures

Motor

During the period, there were no external issuances from the Motor issuing companies (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of asset-backed notes (H117: £0.2bn equivalent).

Auto ABS UK Loans

During the period, there were no external issuances from Auto ABS UK Loans (H117: £0.5bn) and no external redemptions of asset-backed notes (H117: £0.7bn).

b) Covered bonds

During the period, there were £2.4bn of external issuances from the covered bond programme (H117: £1.0bn). External mortgage-backed notes totalling £1.9bn (H117: £1.8bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

13. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Amortised cost:
– Asset backed securities		761		2,180
– Debt securities(1)		6,544		6,578
		7,305		8,758
FVOCI:
– Debt securities		13,506
– Loans and advances to customers(2)		175
		13,681
Available-for-sale:
– Debt securities				8,772
– Equity securities				81
				8,853
		20,986		17,611

(1) These securities were previously classified as held-to-maturity investments under IAS 39. See Note 25.

(2) These comprise other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models that were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers at amortised cost, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

56 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

14. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

The Santander UK group has interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities, as set out in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

The unconsolidated structured entities include Abbey National Capital Trust I and Abbey National Capital LP I, which are 100% owned finance subsidiaries (as defined in Regulation S-X under the US Securities Act 1933, as amended) of Santander UK plc. On 7 February 2000, Abbey National Capital Trust I issued US$1bn of 8.963% Non-cumulative Trust Preferred Securities, which have been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Abbey National Capital Trust I serves solely as a passive vehicle holding the partnership preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital LP I and each has passed all the rights relating to such partnership preferred securities to the holders of trust preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital Trust I. All of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Santander UK plc. The terms of the securities do not include any significant restrictions on the ability of Santander UK plc to obtain funds, by dividend or loan, from any subsidiary.

On 1 January 2018, Santander UK plc acquired 100% of the share capital of Santander UK Operations Ltd (formerly Geoban UK Ltd, a subsidiary of Geoban SA) and Santander UK Technology Ltd (formerly Isban UK Ltd, a subsidiary of Ingenieria De Software Bancario SL), for a final cash consideration of £66m. Immediately prior to this, the UK business of Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales SL was acquired by Santander UK Technology Ltd for a final cash consideration of £13m. These acquisitions will enable the Santander UK group to be more customer-centric by having greater business alignment and end-to-end control of IT and operations. These business combinations have brought these UK technology service companies under the direct ownership and control of the Santander UK group. The number of full time employees transferred equated to c. 4,900 employees. This will enable us to be more responsive, and therefore, more customer-centric, and help ensure greater business alignment by being organised internally in the best way to enable us to truly achieve our vision to be a digitally enabled bank.

15. DEPOSITS BY BANKS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Items in the course of transmission		326		303
Deposits held as collateral		2,408		1,760
Other deposits(1)		12,921		10,645
		15,655		12,708

(1) Includes drawdown from the Term Funding Scheme of £10.8bn (2017: £8.5bn).

16. DEPOSITS BY CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Current and demand accounts – interest-bearing		84,656		85,749
– non-interest-bearing		2		2
Savings accounts(1)		65,033		70,461
Time deposits		17,358		19,951
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)		8,301		6,256
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries		535		727
		175,885		183,146

(1) Includes equity index-linked deposits of £1,232m (2017: £1,301m). The capital amount guaranteed/protected and the amount of return guaranteed in respect of the equity index-linked deposits were £1,232m and £44m (2017: £1,301m and £67m) respectively.

(2) Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude liabilities relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

17. TRADING LIABILITIES

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities sold under repurchase agreements		5,612		25,504
Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		3,694
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		2,573		1,911
		8,375		31,109

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude liabilities relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

Santander UK plc 57

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

18. DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Medium-term notes		21,950		18,002
Covered bond programme		16,017		15,799
Certificates of deposit		3,304		4,681
Credit Linked Notes		43		43
Securitisation programmes		4,690		4,108
		46,004		42,633

19. PROVISIONS

	Conduct remediation
	PPI £m			Wealth and Investment £m			Other products £m			Regulatory- related £m			Vacant property £m			Other(1) £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		356			3			44			57			39			59			558
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures		–			–			–			–			–			50	(2)		50
At 1 January 2018		356			3			44			57			39			109			608
Additional provisions		–			–			–			–			11			64			75
Provisions released		–			(3	)		(11	)		(4	)		–			(14	)		(32	)
Utilisation		(55	)		–			(2	)		(37	)		(7	)		(46	)		(147	)
At 30 June 2018		301			–			31			16			43			113			504
At 1 January 2017		457			22			14			96			47			64			700
Additional provisions		69			–			35			2			6			69			181
Utilisation		(121	)		(27	)		(2	)		(53	)		(5	)		(87	)		(295	)
Transfers		–			9			–			–			–			–			9
At 30 June 2017		405			4			47			45			48			46			595

(1) At 30 June 2018 this included £53m (2017: £59m) in respect of operational loss and operational risk provisions, restructuring charges and litigation and related expenses. It also included £60m in respect of credit impairment losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments. See Note 5 for details of the income statement charge.

(2) This relates to ECL on loan commitments following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

Conduct remediation

The table below sets out the key drivers of the provision balance and forecast assumptions used in calculating the PPI provision, as well as the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the assumptions. It reflects a balanced view across all retail products and portfolios and includes redress for Plevin-related claims.

	Cumulative to 30 June 2018		Future expected		Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision
Inbound complaints(1) (‘000)		1,858		436		25 = £12.3m
Outbound contact (‘000)		488		292		25 = £5.4m
Response rate to outbound contact		55%		90%		1% = £1.0m
Average uphold rate per claim(2)		44%		72%		1% = £2.7m
Average redress per claim(3)		£1,363		£537		£100 = £50.5m

(1) Includes all claims received regardless of whether we expect to make a payment; i.e. regardless of the likelihood of the Santander UK group incurring a liability. Excludes claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2) Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

(3) The future expected average redress per claim is lower than the cumulative average to date due to the inclusion of Plevin cases in the provision, as well as a shift in the complaint mix to a greater proportion of storecards, which typically held lower average balances.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs was £301m (2017: £356m), in line with our assumptions and claims experience. However, we will continue to monitor our provision levels, and take account of the impact of any further change in claims received.

The remaining other conduct provision was £31m (2017: £47m), primarily relating to the sale of interest rate derivatives, following an ongoing review regarding regulatory classification of certain customers potentially eligible for redress. Following further analysis of the impacted population, management has assessed the provision requirements resulting in a release of £11m in H118.

Other

Other provisions increased in H118 due to the inclusion of expected credit losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments, following the adoption of IFRS 9. In addition there was a charge of £58m principally relating to additional operational risk losses and restructuring charges.

58 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

20. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – surplus		868			449
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – deficit		(69	)		(245	)
Unfunded defined benefit pension scheme		(39	)		(41	)
Total net assets		760			163

a) Defined contribution pension plans

An expense of £23m (H117: £27m) was recognised for defined contribution plans in the period and is included in staff costs classified within operating expenses, see Note 4. None of this amount was recognised in respect of key management personnel for H118 and H117.

b) Defined benefit pension schemes

The total amount charged to the income statement was £22m (H117: £23m).

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations and fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

	30 June 2018						30 June 2017
	Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m			Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m
At 1 January		(11,583	)		11,746			(11,082	)		11,218
Income statement (charge) / income		(167	)		145			(182	)		156
Contributions paid		–			90			–			91
Recognised in other comprehensive income:
– Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)		–			(72	)		–			85
– Actuarial movements arising from experience adjustments		(39	)		–			11			–
– Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions		640			–			(17	)		–
Benefits paid		221			(221	)		191			(191	)
At 30 June		(10,928	)		11,688			(11,079	)		11,359

Actuarial assumptions

There have been no significant changes to the methods for setting the principal actuarial assumptions used as set out in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions of £640m were mainly due to actuarial gains in H118 driven by widening credit spreads on the discount rate used to value scheme liabilities.

21. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Guarantees given to third parties		1,666		1,557
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments		40,425		41,942
		42,091		43,499

At 30 June 2018, the Santander UK group had credit impairment loss provisions relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments. See Note 19 for further details.

Other legal actions and regulatory matters

Santander UK engages in discussion, and co-operates, with the FCA, PRA and other bodies in their supervision of Santander UK, including reviews exercised under statutory powers, regarding its interaction with past and present customers, both as part of general thematic work and in relation to specific products and services. During the ordinary course of business, Santander UK is also subject to complaints and threatened legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of current or former employees, customers, investors or other third parties, in addition to legal and regulatory reviews, challenges and tax or enforcement investigations or proceedings. All such matters are assessed periodically to determine the likelihood of Santander UK incurring a liability. It is not currently practicable to estimate the possible financial effect of these matters.

In those instances where it is concluded that it is not yet probable that a quantifiable payment will be made, for example because the facts are unclear or further time is required to fully assess the merits of the case or to reasonably quantify the expected payment, no provision is made.

Note 19 details our provisions including those in relation to PPI. In relation to a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, a legal dispute regarding allocation of liability is in its early stages. There are factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including in relation to liability. These issues create uncertainties which mean that it is difficult to reliably predict the resolution of the matter including timing or the significance of the possible impact. The PPI provision includes our best estimate of Santander UK’s liability to the specific portfolio. Further information has not been provided on the basis that it would be seriously prejudicial.

Santander UK plc 59

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

22. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL ACCEPTED AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS

Securitisations and covered bonds

As described in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report, Santander UK plc and certain of its subsidiaries issue securitisations and covered bonds. At 30 June 2018, there were £35,253m (2017: £36,512m) of gross assets in these secured programmes, £502m (2017: £1,091m) of these related to internally retained issuances and were available for creating collateral which could in the future be used for liquidity purposes.

At 30 June 2018, total notes issued externally from secured programmes (securitisations and covered bonds) increased to £20,707m (2017: £19,907m), including gross issuance of £3,375m (H117: £1,000m) and redemptions of £2,318m (H117: £3,538m). At 30 June 2018, a total of £4,006m (2017: £4,359m) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes had also been retained internally, a proportion of which had been used as collateral for raising funds via third party bilateral secured funding transactions, which totalled £1,834m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £1,834m), or for creating collateral which could in the future be used for liquidity purposes.

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Measurement basis of financial assets and liabilities

At 31 December 2017, the Santander UK group categorised assets and liabilities measured at fair value within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to the valuation techniques as described in Note 37(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. With effect from 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group applied the IFRS 9 classification and measurement requirements as described in Notes 1 and 25 to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

b) Fair values of financial instruments carried at amortised cost

The following table analyses the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost can be found in Note 37(c) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

	30 June2018				31 December 2017
	Fair value £m		Carrying value £m		Fair value £m		Carrying value £m
Assets
Loans and advances to banks		2,409		2,410		3,451		3,463
Loans and advances to customers		203,578		200,950		201,667		199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		13,616		13,611		2,612		2,614
Financial investments		7,121		7,305		8,646		8,758
Assets held for sale(1)		1,733		1,752		–		–
		228,457		226,028		216,376		214,175
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		15,667		15,655		12,721		12,708
Deposits by customers		175,990		175,885		183,227		183,146
Repurchase agreements- non trading		17,504		17,447		1,648		1,578
Debt securities in issue		47,252		46,004		44,296		42,633
Subordinated liabilities		4,120		3,758		4,256		3,793
Liabilities held for sale(1)		5,756		5,756		–		–
		266,289		264,505		246,148		243,858

(1) Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are measured in accordance with IFRS 9; any assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value are included in the fair value table in section (c) below.

60 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

c) Fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017, analysed by their levels in the fair value hierarchy – Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2018								31 December 2017
		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Valuation technique
Assets
Trading assets	Securities purchased under resale agreements		–		3,740		–		3,740		–		8,870		–		8,870		A
	Debt securities		–		–		–		–		5,156		–		–		5,156		–
	Equity securities		8,264		–		–		8,264		9,662		–		–		9,662		–
	Cash collateral		–		7,082		–		7,082		–		6,156		–		6,156		A
	Short-term loans		35		37		–		72		656		55		–		711		A
			8,299		10,859		–		19,158		15,474		15,081		–		30,555
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		2,427		2		2,429		–		6,061		16		6,077		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		610		–		610		–		12,956		12		12,968		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		739		60		799		–		861		36		897		B & D
			–		3,776		62		3,838		–		19,878		64		19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	Loans and advances to customers		–		1,604		71		1,675		–		1,485		64		1,549		A
	Debt securities		189		677		153		1,019		184		187		176		547		A & B
	Equity securities		16		–		–		16										B
			205		2,281		224		2,710		184		1,672		240		2,096
Financial investments	FVOCI – debt securities		12,807		699		–		13,506										D
	FVOCI – loans and advances to customers		–		–		175		175										D
	Available-for-sale – debt securities										8,770		2		–		8,772		C
	Available-for-sale – equity securities										19		9		53		81		B
			12,807		699		175		13,681		8,789		11		53		8,853
Assets held for sale(1)			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–
Total assets at fair value			23,277		37,985		609		61,871		24,447		36,642		357		61,446
Liabilities
Trading liabilities	Securities sold repurchase agreements		–		5,612		–		5,612		–		25,504		–		25,504		A
	Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		–		–		190		3,694		–		–		3,694		–
	Cash collateral		–		2,573		–		2,573		–		1,911		–		1,911		A
			190		8,185		–		8,375		3,694		27,415		–		31,109
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		421		–		421		–		4,176		15		4,191		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		603		–		603		–		12,720		5		12,725		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		404		38		442		1		653		43		697		B & D
			–		1,428		38		1,466		1		17,549		63		17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value	Debt securities in issue		–		1,089		6		1,095		–		1,629		6		1,635		A
	Structured deposits		–		143		–		143		–		680		–		680		A
			–		1,232		6		1,238		–		2,309		6		2,315
Liabilities held for sale(1)			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–
Total liabilities at fair value			2,032		29,851		45		31,928		3,695		47,273		69		51,037

(1) Includes assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

During H118, there were no significant transfers of financial instruments between Levels 1, 2 and 3 in the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers during 2017 as disclosed in Note 37(d) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

d) Valuation techniques

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments are disclosed in Note 37(e) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. The Santander UK group did not make any material changes to the valuation techniques and internal models it used during H118.

Santander UK plc 61

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

e) Fair value adjustments

The internal models incorporate assumptions that the Santander UK group believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. Fair value adjustments are adopted when the Santander UK group considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated in the valuation model. The Santander UK group classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The fair value adjustments form part of the portfolio fair value and are included in the balance sheet values of the product types to which they have been applied. The majority of these adjustments relate to Corporate & Investment Banking. The magnitude and types of fair value adjustment adopted by Corporate & Investment Banking are listed in the following table:

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Risk-related:
– Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments		27		34
– Uncertainty		37		43
– Credit risk adjustment		19		36
– Funding fair value adjustment		9		6
		92		119
Model-related		9		8
Day One profit		–		1
		101		128

Risk-related adjustments

Risk-related adjustments are driven, in part, by the magnitude of the Santander UK group’s market or credit risk exposure, and by external market factors, such as the size of market spreads. For further details, see the ‘Risk-related adjustments’ section in Note 37 (f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

f) Internal models based on information other than market data (Level 3)

Valuation techniques

There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques as set out in Note 37(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report, except as follows. The changes to the classification and measurement of financial assets on transition to IFRS 9 as set out in Note 25 resulted in some loans and advances to customers, primarily consisting of utilities and shipping counterparties, being reclassified from amortised cost to FVTPL and/or FVOCI. These included loans classified as Level 3 and with a fair value of £285m at 1 January 2018. The fair value of these loans is estimated using the ‘present value’ model based on a credit curve derived from current market spreads. Loan specific credit data is unobservable, so a proxy population is applied based on industry sector and credit rating.

The following table shows the movement in the period of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

	Assets														Liabilities
	Derivatives £m			Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss £m			Financial investments £m			Assets held for sale £m		Total £m			Derivatives £m			Financial liabilities designated at fair value £m			Liabilities held for sale £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		64			240			53			–		357			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9		–			139			146			–		285			–			–			–			–
At 1 January 2018		64			379			199			–		642			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		26			(5	)		(4	)		–		17			4			–			–			4
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Transfers in		–			19			–			–		19			–			–			–			–
Transfer to held for sale		(2	)		(146	)		–			148		–			1			–			(1	)		–
Additions		–			–			17			–		17			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(23	)		–			–		(23	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(21	)		–			(37	)		–		(58	)		15			–			–			15
At 30 June 2018		62			224			175			148		609			(38	)		(6	)		(1	)		(45	)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		21			(5	)		(4	)		–		12			9			–			–			9
At 1 January 2017		103			264			32			–		399			(74	)		(6	)		–			(80	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		6			(9	)		–			–		(3	)		(7	)		–			–			(7	)
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		–			–			9			–		9			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(3	)		–			–		(3	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(9	)		–			–			–		(9	)		7			–			–			7
At 30 June 2017		95			252			41			–		388			(69	)		(6	)		–			(75	)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		1			(9	)		–			–		(8	)		(2	)		–			–			(2	)

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives (Level 3)

Other than as described above, there has been no significant change to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities used in Level 3 fair values as set out in Note 37(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

62 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

24. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Related party transactions in H118 were made in the ordinary course of business, except those carried out with Banco Santander SA as part of our ring-fencing plans, on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties, and within limits acceptable to the PRA. Such transactions do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any unfavourable features. In addition, transactions with pension schemes operated by the Santander UK group are described in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

At 30 June 2018, amounts owed by related parties increased to £14,509m (2017: £5,683m) and amounts owed to related parties increased to £23,663m (2017: £13,467m) principally due to the transfer of third party derivative balances to Banco Santander SA as part of our ring-fencing plans. In addition, and following Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme on 11 and 12 June 2018, there were further business transfers to the Banco Santander SA group in July 2018. For more on this, see Note 26 and Note 27.

25. TRANSITION TO IFRS 9

i) IAS 39 to IFRS 9 reconciliations

Statutory balance sheet reconciliation under IAS 39 and IFRS 9

The measurement categories and carrying amounts of financial assets determined in accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9 are compared below, illustrating a total net assets decrease of £192m as a result of the application of IFRS 9:

	IAS 39									IFRS 9
Assets	Measurement category	Carrying amount (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications(1) £m			Remeasurement(2) £m			Measurement category	Carrying amount (1 January 2018) £m		Re-presentation(3) £m			IFRS 9 Balance Sheet (1 January 2018) £m
Cash and balances with central banks	Loans & receivables		32,771		–			–		Amortised cost		32,771		–			32,771
Trading assets	FVTPL		30,536		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		30,536		–			30,536
	FVTPL		19		–			–		FVOCI		19		(19	)		–
			30,555		–			–				30,555		(19	)		30,536
Derivative financial instruments	FVTPL (Trading)		19,942		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		19,942		–			19,942
Financial assets designated at fair value(4)	FVTPL (Designated)		1,022		(45	)		–		Amortised cost		977		(977	)		–
	FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			–		FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			836
	FVTPL (Designated)		238		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		238		1,181			1,419
			2,096		(45	)		–				2,051		204			2,255
Loans and advances to banks	Loans & receivables		3,463		–			–		Amortised cost		3,463		–			3,463
Loans and advances to customers(5)	Loans & receivables		199,218		–			(211	)	Amortised cost		199,007		977			199,984
	Loans & receivables		181		(1	)		–		FVOCI		180		(180	)		–
	Loans & receivables		91		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		91		(91	)		–
			199,490		(1	)		(211	)			199,278		706			199,984
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading	Loans & receivables		2,464		–			–		Amortised cost		2,464					2,464
Financial investments	Loans & receivables		1,198		–			–		Amortised cost		1,198		–			1,198
	Loans & receivables		982		(2	)		–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		980		(980	)		–
	Available-for-sale financial assets		8,743		–			–		FVOCI		8,743		199			8,942
	Available-for-sale financial assets		29		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		29		(29	)		–
	Held-to-maturity investments		6,578		–			–		Amortised cost		6,578		–			6,578
	Available-for-sale financial assets		81		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		81		(81	)		–
			17,611		(2	)		–				17,609		(891	)		16,718
Other assets	Other assets		6,373		(1	)		–		Other assets		6,372		–			6,372
Total assets (pre-deferred tax asset)(6)			314,765		(49	)		(211	)			314,505		–			314,505

(1) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact on assets resulting from facilities impacted by the IFRS 9 classification and measurement rules.

(2) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact of facilities that had an incurred loss under IAS 39, and now have an ECL under IFRS 9; and facilities that have been reclassified from a non-amortised cost basis to an amortised cost basis. There is no loss allowance movement attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(3) This column captures the balance sheet category re-presentations resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9. Loans and receivables amounting to £1,071m and available-for-sale financial assets amounting to £110m that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics are mandatorily measured at FVTPL and were moved from financial investments to other financial assets at FVTPL. Social housing loans amounting to £977m were reclassified to amortised cost on adoption of IFRS 9 and, consequently, were moved from other financial assets at FVTPL to loans and advances to customers. £19m and £180m of other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers respectively, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

(4) The balance sheet category for ‘Financial assets designated at fair value’ has been changed to ‘Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ following the adoption of IFRS 9.

(5) Of the £211m of increase in loss allowance, £6m relates to ECL on financial guarantee contracts, which for presentation purposes have been aggregated in the assets section. See loss allowance reconciliation table below.

(6) The impact of transition to IFRS 9 gives rise to a deferred tax asset of £68m, of which £14m is attributable to Reclassifications, and £54m to Remeasurement. This deferred tax asset will be offset against our deferred tax liabilities.

Santander UK plc 63

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Financial statements

Loss allowance reconciliation (on adoption of IFRS 9)

	Loss allowance under IAS 39/ provisions under IAS 37 (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications £m		Re-measurement £m		Loss allowance under IFRS 9 (1 January 2018) £m
Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS 9)(1)
Loans and advances to customers		940		–		205		1,145
Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9)(2)
Financial guarantees		–		–		6		6
Total		940		–		211		1,151

(1) For financial instruments subject to incurred loss assessment under IAS 39, and amortised cost under IFRS 9. There are no loss allowance movements attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(2) The ECL for off-balance sheet commitments which are both identifiable from ECL on total exposures, and for which were previously within the scope of IAS 37 and now within the scope of IFRS 9.

Reserves and retained earnings

	Impact at 1 January 2018 £m
Closing retained earnings and reserves under IAS 39		5,033
Other reserves
Closing balance under IAS 39(1)		301
Reclassification of investment securities (debt and equity) from AFS to FVTPL(2)		(5	)
Opening balance under IFRS 9(3)		296
Retained earnings
Closing balance under IAS 39		4,732
Reclassification under IFRS 9		(44	)
Recognition of expected credit losses under IFRS 9		(211	)
Deferred tax asset		68
Opening balance under IFRS 9		4,545
Opening retained earnings and reserves under IFRS 9		4,841

(1) Other reserves consists of the following components under IAS 39: £68m of available-for-sale reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves. The available-for-sale reserve becomes the fair value reserve under IFRS 9.

(2) Consists of loans and receivables which have transferred to FVOCI, and equity instruments which have transferred from available-for-sale financial assets to non-trading financial assets held mandatorily at FVTPL.

(3) Other reserves consists of the following components under IFRS 9: £63m of fair value reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves.

ii) IFRS 9 areas of significant management judgement

Classification and measurement

IFRS 9 requires that all financial assets are subsequently measured at AC, FVOCI or FVTPL based on the business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. The business model assessment is an area of significant judgement as it depends upon facts and circumstances and the intentions of an entity in relation to particular investments.

ECL impairment methodology

We have made a number of management judgements around subjective elements and inputs in order to implement ECL capabilities in the organisation. Some of these judgements pertain to decisions made throughout the design and build of ECL methodology, and others to the application of ECL methodology. Whilst only the latter category will be subject to periodic monitoring and review at subsequent reporting intervals, all of these judgements – to varying degrees – give rise to inherent measurement uncertainty in our reportable ECL.

The main design and build judgements, subject to ad-hoc review, are

- The definition of default: for IFRS 9 purposes, we use the same default criteria as for the regulatory capital models, or a similar definition if not an IRB portfolio;

- SICR – PD at origination: where we have experienced limitations on the availability of origination data, we have made certain proxy assumptions. In these cases, we make adjustments to the PD at the proxy origination date to account for the possibility of the PD already being increased since the actual origination. We consider such adjustments immaterial;

- Lifetime periods: to mitigate the computational overhead of running all portfolios out to their natural lifetime, we apply restrictions to certain portfolios with a high volume of accounts (e.g. mortgages and overdrafts on bank accounts). The life of each facility type is the point when the monthly increase in ECL becomes zero or de minimis; and

- Effective Interest Rate (EIR): for the majority of our portfolios, the income recognition EIRs that are calculated under IAS 39 are used as the discount factor in the IFRS 9 ECL calculations. Retail EIRs are based on behavioural cash flows, whereas corporate EIRs use contractual cash flows with an adjustment factor to take account of prepayments.

The main application judgements are included in the ‘Critical accounting policies and areas of significant management judgement’ section, in the ‘Accounting policies’.

We will further assess our measurement uncertainty and sensitivity to changes in economic credit conditions throughout the course of 2018, and anticipate providing our expected inherent quantitative impacts of such management judgements in our 2018 Annual Report. The form and content of such disclosure will be guided by the outcomes of the PRA Taskforce on Disclosures about ECL in which we participate.

64 Santander UK plc

> Notes to the financial statements

26. RING-FENCING

We have made significant progress in the implementation of our ring-fence structure this year ahead of the 1 January 2019 ring-fencing legislation deadline.

Our model ensures minimal customer disruption and maintains longer-term flexibility. The majority of our customer loans and assets as well as customer deposits and liabilities will remain within Santander UK plc, our principal ring-fenced bank. Prohibited businesses which cannot be transacted within the ring-fence include our derivatives business with financial institutions and certain corporates and elements of our short-term markets business, and will be transferred to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander. A small amount of residual activity or businesses which, for legal or operational reasons cannot remain inside the ring-fence and cannot be transferred, will remain in the Santander UK group, outside the ring-fence bank. This includes legacy contracts, the employee Sharesave scheme and offshore deposits.

Our transition to a ‘wide’ ring-fence structure to serve our retail, commercial and corporate customers is now approaching completion following the achievement of several major milestones. We received Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme at the Part VII Sanctions Hearing, which took place on 11 and 12 June 2018.

In June 2018, we transferred customer loans totalling £0.7bn from CIB to Banco Santander London Branch. The remaining transfers to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander were completed in July 2018. Furthermore, planned novations were finalised before the Part VII migrations, and short-term funding activity has now been transferred to Santander UK plc from Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

27. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE

Following Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme on 11 and 12 June 2018, management considered the related business transfers to be highly probable at 30 June 2018. As such, the Santander UK group reclassified the following assets and liabilities as held for sale:

– The prohibited business of Abbey National Treasury Services plc, save for a small pool of residual assets, which mainly included our derivatives business with financial institutions, certain corporates and our gilt-edged market making business. These were transferred to the Banco Santander SA group in July 2018.

– The business of the Crown Dependency branches (Jersey and Isle of Man) of Santander UK plc. These will be transferred outside the Santander UK plc group pursuant to transfer schemes effected under relevant Jersey and Isle of Man law.

– A small pool of residual assets that will remain in Abbey National Treasury Services plc. Santander UK Group Holdings plc will acquire 100% of the ordinary share capital of Abbey National plc from Santander UK plc.

– The assets and liabilities of Santander Equity Investments Limited and its subsidiaries. Santander UK Group Holdings plc will acquire the entire share capital of Santander Equity Investments Limited.

At 30 June 2018 these assets and liabilities comprised:

	Net assets held for sale £m
Assets
Trading assets		1,967
Derivative financial instruments		19,694
Other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss		823
Loans and advances to banks		506
Loans and advances to customers		1,068
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		74
Financial investments		104
Other assets		5
Total assets held for sale		24,241
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		31
Deposits by customers		5,725
Trading liabilities		1,842
Derivative financial instruments		19,007
Other liabilities		11
Total liabilities held for sale		26,616
Net liabilities held for sale		(2,375	)

These business transfers have been, or will be, made for a cash consideration equivalent to the book value of the associated assets and liabilities, which represents a fair value for the Santander UK group. Costs to sell are expected to be immaterial.

28. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

In July 2018, as part of our ring-fencing plans, the Santander UK group transferred £22.9bn of assets and £20.7bn of liabilities to the Banco Santander group. These comprised the prohibited business of Abbey National Treasury Services plc, save for a small pool of residual assets. For more details, see Note 27.

Santander UK plc 65

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Shareholder Information

Shareholder information

Contents
Forward-looking statements	67
Selected financial data	67
Glossary	67

66 Santander UK plc

> Selected financial data

Forward-looking statements

The Company and its subsidiaries (together Santander UK) may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements. The Company makes written forward-looking statements in this Half Yearly Financial Report and may also make forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the SEC on Forms 20-F and 6-K, in its offering circulars and prospectuses, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or employees to third parties. By their very nature, forward-looking statements are not statements of historical or current facts; they cannot be objectively verified, are speculative and involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and risks exist that the predictions, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking statements will not be achieved. Santander UK cautions readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements made by Santander UK or on its behalf. For more, see ‘Forward-looking statements’ in the Shareholder information section of the 2017 Annual Report. Please also refer to our latest filings with the SEC (including, without limitation, our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2017) for a discussion of certain risk factors and forward-looking statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements when making decisions with respect to any Santander UK member and/or its securities. Investors and others should take into account the inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-looking statements and should carefully consider the non-exhaustive list of important factors in the 2017 Annual Report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and are based on the knowledge, information available and views taken on the date on which they are made; such knowledge, information and views may change at any time. Santander UK does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Selected financial data

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

	30 June 2018 %		31 December 2017 %
Capital ratios:
CET1 capital ratio		12.7		12.2
Total capital ratio		19.8		19.7
Equity to assets ratio(1)		4.41		4.35
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:(2)
– Excluding interest on retail deposits		290		333
– Including interest on retail deposits		176		186
Profitability ratios:
Return on assets(3)		0.41		0.40
Return on ordinary shareholders’ equity(4)		9.2		9.1
Dividend payout ratio(5)		n/a		45

(1) Average ordinary shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets. Average balances are based on monthly data.

(2) For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of profit from continuing operations before tax and before adjustment for non-controlling interests plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including the amortisation of discounts and premiums on debt securities in issue and related capitalised expenses and including or excluding interest on retail deposit as appropriate.

(3) Profit after tax divided by average total assets. Average balances are based on monthly data.

(4) Profit after tax divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

(5) Ordinary equity dividends approved divided by profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent.

Glossary

Our glossary of industry and other main terms is set out beginning on page 274 of the 2017 20-F.

Santander UK plc 67

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Shareholder Information

Other information for US investors

Contents
Risk Factors	69

68 Santander UK plc

> Risk factors

Risk Factors

An investment in Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (us, we or Santander UK) involves a number of risks. A summary of the material risks are set out in the ‘Other information for US investors’ section of the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. The principal risks described in these risk factors remain unchanged, except for the risk factors entitled “Exposure to UK political developments, including the ongoing negotiations between the UK and EU, could have a material adverse effect on us”, “We are subject to substantial regulation and governmental oversight which could adversely affect our business and operations”, and “We are exposed to risk or loss from legal and regulatory proceedings”, which have been replaced as follows:

Exposure to UK political developments, including the ongoing negotiations between the UK and EU, could have a material adverse effect on us

On 23 June 2016, the UK held a referendum (the UK EU Referendum) on its membership of the EU, in which a majority voted for the UK to leave the EU. Immediately following the result, the UK and global stock and foreign exchange markets commenced a period of significant volatility, including a steep devaluation of the pound sterling. There remains significant uncertainty relating to the process, timing and negotiation of the UK’s exit from, and future relationship with, the EU and the basis of the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world.

On 29 March 2017, the UK Prime Minister gave notice under Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the EU. The delivery of the Article 50(2) notice has triggered a two year period of negotiation which will determine the terms on which the UK will exit the EU, taking account of the framework for the UK’s future relationship with the EU. Unless extended, the UK’s EU membership will cease after this two year period. The timing of, and process for, such negotiations and the resulting terms of the UK’s future economic, trading and legal relationships are uncertain, as is the basis of the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world. There is a possibility that the UK’s membership ends at such time without reaching any agreement on the terms of its relationship with the EU going forward, although we note that movement to phase two of the negotiations - with focus on finalising withdrawal issues, transition arrangements and a framework for the UK’s future relationship with the EU - was agreed on 15 December. Nevertheless, we note that the withdrawal agreement including the proposed transition period to December 2020, has not been finalised or approved.

A general election in the UK was held on 8 June 2017 (the General Election). The General Election resulted in a hung parliament with no political party obtaining the majority required to form an outright government. On 26 June 2017 it was announced that the Conservative party had reached an agreement with the Democratic Unionist Party (the DUP) in order for the Conservative party to form a minority government with legislative support (‘confidence and supply’) from the DUP. The Government’s small majority (with the support of the DUP) has impacted its ability to pass legislation in the House of Commons, which may have implications for the process of the UK leaving the EU. There is an ongoing possibility of an early general election ahead of 2022 and of a change of government.

While the longer term effects of the UK’s imminent departure from the EU are difficult to predict, the effects of the EU UK Referendum, in addition to the uncertainty created as a result of the outcome of the General Election, could include further financial instability and slower economic growth as well as higher unemployment and inflation in the UK. For instance, the UK Government has stated its intention for the UK to leave both the Single Market and the Customs Union (thereby ceasing to be part of the EU’s internal market and party to the global trade deals negotiated by the EU on behalf of its members) and this could affect the attractiveness of the UK as a global investment centre and increase tariff and non-tariff barriers for the UK’s trading relationships and, as a result, could have a detrimental impact on UK economic growth. Sustained low or negative interest rates would put further pressure on our interest margins and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and prospects. Equally, further rises in interest rates (in addition to the rate rise in November 2017) could result in larger default losses which would also impact our operations, financial condition and prospects.

The UK’s imminent departure from the EU has also given rise to further calls for a second referendum on Scottish independence. These developments, or the perception that they could occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic conditions and the stability of financial markets, and could significantly reduce market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets (for more information, see the risk factor entitled ‘We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets”).

Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may be particularly affected by increased market volatility as the negotiation of the UK’s exit from the EU continues in the run-up to 29 March 2019. Since the UK EU Referendum the major credit rating agencies’ view of the UK sovereign credit rating has changed. Given the negative outlook attributed by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, there is a risk of further rating downgrades in the future, particularly during the negotiation of the UK’s exit from the EU as the potential terms of the exit (and any transition period) and the future UK-EU relationship become public (for more information, see the risk factor entitled ‘An adverse movement in our external credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects’ included in the 2017 Annual Report on p. 248). In addition, we are subject to substantial EU-derived regulation and oversight. Although legislation has now been passed transferring the EU acquis into UK law, there remains significant uncertainty as to the respective legal and regulatory environments in which we and our subsidiaries will operate when the UK is no longer a member of the EU, and the basis on which cross-border financial business will take place after the UK leaves the EU.

For example, we are finalising implementation of a number of key restructuring and strategic initiatives, such as the ring-fencing of our retail banking activities, all of which will be carried out throughout this period of significant uncertainty. This may impact the prospects for successful execution and impose additional pressure on management (for more information, see the risk factor entitled ‘We are subject to substantial regulation and governmental oversight which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and prospects’).

Operationally, we and other financial institutions may no longer be able to rely on the European passporting framework for financial services, and it is unclear what alternative regime may be in place following the UK’s departure from the EU. This uncertainty, and any actions taken as a result of this uncertainty, as well as new or amended rules, may have a significant impact on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

Ongoing uncertainty within the UK Government and Parliament, and limited progress in the negotiations between the UK and EU, increases the possibility of the UK leaving the EU on 29 March 2019 without a withdrawal agreement (and associated transition period) in place. Such a ‘cliff edge’ Brexit is likely to cause significant market and economic disruption.

The UK political developments described above, along with any further changes in government structure and policies, may lead to further market volatility and changes to the fiscal, monetary and regulatory landscape in which we operate and could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us and, more generally, on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

Santander UK plc 69

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Shareholder Information

We are subject to substantial regulation and governmental oversight which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and prospects

Supervision and new regulation

As a financial services group, we are subject to extensive financial services laws, regulations, administrative actions and policies in the UK, the EU and in each other location in which we operate, including in the US. As well as being subject to UK regulation, as part of the Banco Santander group, we are also impacted through regulation by the Banco de España (the Bank of Spain) and, at a corporate level, by the European Central Bank (ECB), and various legal and regulatory regimes (including the US) that have extra-territorial effect.

The laws, regulations and policies to which we are subject may be changed at any time. In addition, the interpretation and the application of those laws, regulations and policies by regulators are also subject to change. Furthermore, there is uncertainty regarding the future relevance of EU regulations and reforms following the UK’s exit from the EU (and during any transitional period). Extensive legislation and implementing regulations affecting the financial services industry have recently been adopted in regions that directly or indirectly affect our business, including Spain, the US, the EU, Latin America and other jurisdictions.

The manner in which financial services laws, regulations and policies are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Moreover, to the extent these laws, regulations and policies apply to us, we may face higher compliance costs. Any legislative or regulatory actions and any required changes to our business operations resulting from such laws, regulations and policies as well as any deficiencies in our compliance with such laws, regulations and policies, could result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in which we might otherwise consider engaging and limit our ability to provide certain products and services. They may also affect the value of assets that we hold, requiring us to increase our prices and therefore reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance and other costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our operations, financial condition and prospects. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future changes in laws, regulations and policies or in their interpretation or application will not adversely affect us.

During periods of market turmoil in the past 10 years, there have been unprecedented levels of government and regulatory intervention and scrutiny, and changes to the regulations governing financial institutions and the conduct of business. In addition, regulatory and governmental authorities have continued to consider further enhanced or new legal or regulatory requirements intended to reduce the probability and impact of future crises or otherwise assure the stability of institutions under their supervision. This intensive approach to supervision is maintained by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).

Recent proposals and measures taken by governmental, tax and regulatory authorities and further future changes in supervision and regulation (in particular in the UK), which are beyond our control, could materially affect our business, the value of assets and operations and result in significant increases in operational and compliance costs. Products and services offered by us could also be affected. Changes in UK legislation and regulation to address the stability of the financial sector may also affect our competitive position, particularly if such changes are implemented before international consensus is reached on key issues affecting the industry. Although we work closely with our regulators and continually monitor the situation, future changes in law, regulation, fiscal or other policies can be unpredictable and are beyond our control. No assurance can be given generally that laws or regulations will be adopted, enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

Banking Reform

On 18 December 2013, the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act (the Banking Reform Act) was enacted. The Banking Reform Act implemented the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking (ICB) and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards. Among other things, the Banking Reform Act established a ring-fencing framework under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) pursuant to which UK banking groups that hold significant retail deposits are required to separate or ‘ring-fence’ their retail banking activities from their wholesale banking activities by 1 January 2019, established a new Payment Systems Regulator (the PSR) and amended the Banking Act 2009 (the Banking Act) to include a bail-in stabilisation power forming part of the special resolution regime (for more information, see the risk factor entitled ‘Bail-in and write down powers under the Banking Act and the BRRD may adversely affect our business and the value of securities we may issue’).

On 7 July 2016, the PRA published a policy statement (PS20/16) entitled ‘The implementation of ring-fencing: prudential requirements, intragroup arrangements and use of financial market infrastructures’ containing its final ring-fencing rules designed to make provision for the group ring-fencing purposes outlined in the Banking Reform Act ahead of the implementation date for ring-fencing on 1 January 2019. The group ring-fencing purposes are intended to insulate a ring-fenced bank from, and ensure that a ring-fenced bank is able to take decisions independently of, other members of its group.

Finally, the Banking Reform Act introduced a new form of transfer scheme, the ring-fencing transfer scheme, under Part VII of FSMA to enable UK banks to implement the ring-fencing requirements. This is a court process that requires: (i) the PRA to approve the scheme (in consultation with the FCA); (ii) the appropriate regulatory authority in respect of each transferee to provide a certificate of adequate financial resources in relation to that transferee; and (iii) an independent expert (approved by the PRA, after consultation with the FCA) to provide a scheme report stating whether any adverse effect on persons affected by the scheme is likely to be greater than is reasonably necessary to achieve the ring-fencing purposes of the scheme. The PRA published its final statement of policy on its approach to ring-fencing transfer schemes on 4 March 2016.

The Santander UK group is subject to the ring-fencing requirement under the Banking Reform Act and, as a consequence, the Santander UK group will need to separate its core retail and small business deposit taking activities from its prohibited activities. In light of the changeable macro-environment, the board of the Company concluded in December 2016 that we could provide greater certainty for our customers with a ‘wide’ ring-fence structure, rather than the ‘narrow’ ring-fence structure it had originally envisaged in early 2016. Under this revised model Santander UK plc, the main ring-fenced bank, will serve our retail, commercial and corporate customers. The majority of our customer loans and assets as well as customer deposits and liabilities will remain within Santander UK plc or Cater Allen Limited, as ring-fenced banks. Prohibited activities which cannot continue to be transacted within the ring-fenced bank principally include our derivatives business with financial institutions and certain corporates, elements of our short term markets business, Santander UK plc’s branches in Jersey and the Isle of Man, and Abbey National Treasury Services plc’s branch in the United States (US). The implementation of the new ring-fencing model entails a legal and organisational restructuring of the Santander UK group’s businesses and operations, including through a ring-fencing transfer scheme. Following consent from the PRA to the application to the High Court of England and Wales (the Court) for approval of our ring-fencing transfer scheme (the Scheme), our Scheme was approved by the Court on 12 June 2018. In accordance with the Scheme: (a) Abbey National Treasury Services plc has transferred the majority of its business; with products, transactions, arrangements and customers and other stakeholders which are permitted in the ring-fence transferred to Santander UK and products, transactions, arrangements and customers and other stakeholders which are prohibited within the ring-fence transferred to the London branch of Banco Santander SA; and (b) Santander UK plc has transferred its prohibited business and certain specified business that is permitted within the ring-fence to the London branch of Banco Santander SA. These transfers of business took place largely in July 2018.

70 Santander UK plc

> Risk factors

It is expected that Abbey National Treasury Services plc will cease the activities of its US branch, and our current intention is to transfer the business of the Jersey and Isle of Man branches of Santander UK plc to a member of the Santander UK group outside the ring-fence using transfer schemes under the applicable laws. Our target remains to complete the implementation of our ring-fencing plans in advance of the legislative deadline of 1 January 2019. However, implementation of the ring-fencing model continues to depend on a number of factors, including approvals from applicable regulators and court sanctions. There can be no assurance that these approvals or sanctions will be obtained in line with our implementation plan and other factors such as economic conditions in the UK and globally and developments on the terms of the UK exit from the EU may have a bearing on the implementation of the ring-fence. In light of the scale and complexity of this process, the operational and execution risks for the Santander UK group may be material. This restructuring and migration of customers and transactions could have a material impact on how the Santander UK group conducts its business. The Santander UK group is unable to predict with certainty the attitudes and reaction of its customers.

The restructuring of the Santander UK group’s business pursuant to the ring-fencing regime has taken, and will continue to take, a substantial amount of time. It has been, and will continue to be, costly to implement. The separation process, and the structural changes which are required, could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

EU fiscal and banking union

The European banking union is expected to be achieved through new harmonised banking rules (in a single rulebook) and a new institutional framework with stronger systems for both banking supervision and resolution that will be managed at a European level. Its two main pillars are the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) and the Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM).

The SSM (comprising both the ECB and the national competent authorities) is designed to assist in making the banking sector more transparent, unified and safer. On 4 November 2014, the ECB fully assumed its new supervisory responsibilities within the SSM, in particular direct supervision of 119 significant banks (at 5 December 2017) in the eurozone, including Banco Santander SA.

Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and the Council of the EU (the SRM Regulation) became effective from 1 January 2015 and establishes uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions and certain investment firms in the framework of the SRM and Single Resolution Fund (SRF). The new Single Resolution Board (SRB), which is the central decision-making body of the SRM fully assumed its resolution powers on 1 January 2016. The SRB is responsible for managing the SRF.

Further, regulations adopted towards achieving a banking and/or fiscal union in the EU and decisions adopted by the ECB in its capacity as Banco Santander SA’s main supervisory authority may have a material impact on our operations, financial condition and prospects and may be impacted by the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU (for more information, see the risk factor entitled ‘Exposure to UK political developments, including the ongoing negotiations between the UK and EU, could have a material adverse effect on us’).

Other regulatory reforms adopted or proposed in the wake of the financial crisis

The revised and re-enacted Markets in Financial Instruments legislation (MiFID) replaces the existing MiFID framework and comprises the Directive 2014/65 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 15 May 2014 and amending Directive 2002/92/EC and Directive 2011/61/EU (MiFID2) and the Regulation 600/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 May 2014 and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (MiFIR). The substantive provisions of MiFID came into force on 3 January 2018 and introduced an obligation to trade certain classes of OTC derivative contracts on trading venues. Certain details remain to be clarified in further binding technical standards to be adopted by the European Commission (the Commission). Although the full impact of MiFID2 and MiFIR on us is not yet known, MiFID2 and MiFIR may lead to changes which negatively impact our profit margins, require us to adjust our business practices or increase our costs (including compliance costs). It is possible that the measures and procedures we have introduced might, in future, be deemed to be misaligned with MiFID obligations, or that individuals within the business may not fully comply with the new procedures. If there are breaches of our MiFID obligations or of other existing laws and regulations relating to financial crime, we could face significant administrative, regulatory and criminal sanctions and restrictions on the conduct of our business and operations, as well as reputational damage. Therefore, any such breaches could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

US regulation

In the US, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) enacted in 2010, has been implemented in part and continues to be implemented by various US federal regulatory agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposes a regulatory framework on swap transactions, including swaps of the sort that we enter into, requires regulators to adopt new rules governing the retention of credit risk by securitisers or originators of securitisations and significantly expands the coverage and scope of regulations that limit affiliate transactions within a banking organisation. Over 2012-2015, the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC) and other US regulators adopted a host of new regulations for swaps markets, including swap dealer registration, business conduct, mandatory clearing, exchange trading and margin regulations. Most of these regulations are either already effective or will come into effect in 2018. Abbey National Treasury Services plc, which became provisionally registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC on 4 November 2013, is currently subject to these regulations for its US facing swaps activities. These rules have already increased and could continue to increase the costs associated with our swaps business. In addition, certain cross-border regulatory conflicts could adversely affect the profitability of our swaps business by reducing the range of counterparties with which we can trade effectively.

In October 2014, US regulators adopted a joint final rule requiring sponsors of asset-backed securitisation transactions, which includes Santander UK plc in relation to its residential mortgage-backed securities programmes, to retain 5% of the credit risk of the assets subject to the securitisation. The rule permits sponsors to satisfy the risk retention requirement through the acquisition and retention of either 5% (measured by fair value) of the most subordinated interest in the securitisation, or 5% (measured by nominal value) of each tranche of interests issued by the securitisation, or some combination of the two. The rule also permits certain exceptions and methods of compliance in respect of specific types of asset-backed securities transactions.

Within the Dodd-Frank Act, the so-called Volcker Rule prohibits ‘banking entities’, including the Santander UK group, from engaging in certain forms of proprietary trading or from sponsoring or investing in certain covered funds, in each case subject to certain exemptions, including exemptions permitting foreign banking entities to engage in trading and fund activities that take place solely outside of the US. The final rules contain exclusions and certain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, trading in US government and agency obligations as well as certain foreign government obligations, trading solely outside the US, and also permit ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained.

Santander UK plc 71

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Shareholder Information

The Santander UK group was generally required to come into compliance with the Volcker Rule by July 2015, although the Federal Reserve extended the conformance deadline for pre-2014 “legacy” investments in and relationships with private equity funds and hedge funds until 21 July 2017 and additional extensions for illiquid funds may be requested. On 30 May 2018, the Federal Reserve and other federal regulators requested comment on proposed modifications to the Volcker Rule, including modifications to the scope of restrictions on proprietary trading and investments in covered funds. It cannot be predicted at this time what, if any, modifications to the Volcker Rule may be adopted or what the impact of such changes would be for us.

Each of these aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the changes in US banking regulations, and increased uncertainty surrounding future changes, may directly and indirectly impact various aspects of our business. The full spectrum of risks that the Dodd-Frank Act (including the Volcker Rule and any modifications to it), pose to us is not yet known. However, such risks could be significant and we could be materially and adversely affected by them.

Competition

In the UK and elsewhere, there is continuing political, competitive and regulatory scrutiny of the banking industry. Political involvement in the regulatory process, in the behaviour and governance of the UK banking sector and in the major financial institutions in which the UK Government has a direct financial interest is likely to continue. The Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) is the UK’s main competition authority responsible for ensuring that competition and markets work well for consumers. In addition, under the Banking Reform Act, as of 1 April 2015, the FCA has the power to enforce against breaches of the Competition Act 1998 and to refer markets to the CMA for in-depth investigation in the areas of financial services in the UK. As of 1 April 2015, the PSR also has an objective and powers equivalent to those of the FCA to promote competition in the payments industry.

In August 2016, the CMA published the final report in its market investigation into competition in the personal current account and SME retail banking markets, which identified a number of features of the markets for the supply of personal current accounts, business current accounts and SME lending that, in combination, were having an adverse effect on competition. The CMA is currently implementing a comprehensive package of remedies including, among other things, Open Banking and the introduction of requirements to prompt customers to review the services that they receive from their bank at certain trigger points and to promote customer awareness of account switching. Further work on overdraft charges – which remain under political scrutiny - is ongoing by the FCA.

The Payment Services Directive II (PSD2) is a fundamental piece of payments-related legislation in Europe that came into force in January 2018 and introduced Open Banking, which will open up access to customers’ online account and payments data to third party providers (TPPs). Customers will be able to give secure access to certain TPPs authorised by the FCA or other European regulators to access account information and to make payments from current accounts. Following the CMA’s retail banking market investigation, the nine largest current account providers in the UK (including Santander UK) were required to accelerate certain of the PSD2 requirements and implement Open Banking by 13 January 2018.

Open Banking/PSD2 has the potential also to exacerbate a number of existing risks including data loss/data protection, cyber security, fraud and wider financial crime risk, which in turn could give rise to increased costs, litigation risk and risk of regulatory investigation and enforcement activity. Examples of the heightened risk include the risk of fraud relating to activities of a TPP pursuant to which funds are redirected to a third party not chosen by the customer; and the risk of data misuse by a TPP/other third party where the TPP has requested the data from Santander and this is provided to the TPP.

The FCA is conducting a Strategic Review of Retail Banking Business Models, looking at the potential effect of technological change, increased digitalisation and free-if-in-credit banking on firms’ business models. It is also looking to secure an appropriate degree of consumer protection for consumers in vulnerable circumstances. This review will inform the FCA’s ongoing policy work in retail banking and related areas. We may be required to make changes to our business model or business practices as a result of this review (or related work), and such changes could materially and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, the FCA and PSR continue to undertake a number of competition related studies and reviews across a number of our businesses. Intervention as a result of these studies and reviews, in addition to regulatory reforms, investigations and court cases affecting the UK financial services industry, could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects, or on our relations with our customers and potential customers.

Financial Crime

A number of EU and UK regulatory measures targeted at preventing and countering financial crime (including anti-money laundering (AML) and countering the financing of terrorism (CTF) provisions) have come into effect in 2017 and 2018.

As part of the EU’s revision of its AML / CTF rules, Directive (EU) No 2015 / 849 (the Fourth EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive) and Regulation (EU) No 847 / 2015 (the EU Wire Transfer Regulation) came into effect on 26 June 2017. The Fourth EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive replaced Directive (EC) No 60 / 2005 and significantly expanded the existing AML / CTF regime applicable to financial institutions by, among other things:

– Increasing the customer due diligence checks required for particular transactions

– Introducing a requirement to take appropriate steps to identify and assess the risks of money laundering and terrorist financing and to have in place policies, controls and procedures to mitigate and manage those risks effectively

– Having EU Member States hold beneficial ownership details on a central register for entities incorporated within their territory

– Applying the UK’s AML / CTF requirements to the branches and majority-owned subsidiaries of financial institutions that are located in non-EEA countries with less strict regimes.

The EU Wire Transfer Regulation replaced the existing Regulation (EC) No 1781 / 2006. The regulation applies to all transfers of funds in any currency which are sent or received by a payment service provider (PSP) or an intermediary PSP established in the EU, subject to certain exceptions for low-risk and low-value payments. The payer’s PSP is required to ensure that any transfer of funds is accompanied by the identification information prescribed in the regulation and must verify the accuracy of this information from a reliable and independent source. Obligations are also imposed on the payee’s PSP to implement effective procedures to detect whether the information about the payer or payee in the messaging or payment and settlement system is incomplete and to take a risk-based approach to determining whether to execute, reject or suspend a transfer of funds with missing information.

72 Santander UK plc

> Risk factors

On 22 June 2017, the final text of the Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2017 was published in the UK, which came into force on 26 June 2017 and implemented the requirements of those EU measures into national law.

On 15th December, the Council of EU and the European Parliament reached a political agreement on the EU Commission’s proposal to amend the Fourth EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive. The amended directive (‘5th AMLD’) seeks to prevent large scale concealment of funds and to introduce increased corporate transparency rules, whereby corporate and other legal entities will be required by law to publicly disclose information on beneficial ownership. The amended directive also introduces the application of AML rules to firms providing services associated with virtual currencies and further extends enhanced due diligence requirements to all transactions with natural persons or legal entities established in third countries identified as high risk countries pursuant to Article 9 (2) of the Directive. Following the political agreement between the co-legislators, EU member states will have until mid-2019 to implement the 5th AMLD into national legislation. Although it is not yet certain that the UK government will implement the Directive into UK law, UK regulations and/or guidance are expected later in 2018. Furthermore, the UK Sanctions and AML Act received Royal Assent in 2018, providing the legal basis for sanctions post-Brexit and also certain new AML measures.

The UK Policing and Crime Act 2017, which received Royal Assent on 31 January 2017, contains several measures to strengthen the enforcement of financial sanctions including enhanced criminal penalties and the power to impose monetary penalties for breaches of financial sanctions, deferred prosecution agreements and serious crime prevention orders for such breaches and the power to temporarily implement UN financial sanctions in the absence of EU implementing measures. Banks are expected to take a proactive approach to reporting any potential sanctions breaches to the new Office of Financial Sanctions Implementation (OFSI), as set out in recent OFSI Guidance. Under the Policing and Crime Act OFSI has powers to fine banks a maximum of £1 million or 50 per cent of the estimated value of the funds or resources, whichever is greater, as well as criminal enforcement powers. The penalty powers apply to offences after the 1^st April 2017. In 2016, just over one hundred suspected breaches were reported by firms to OFSI, of which 95 were deemed actual breaches, totalling £75 million.

The UK Immigration Act 2016 requires banks to conduct checks on their current account holders and report any persons unlawfully present in the UK to the Home Office. Banks are required to perform quarterly checks to determine whether they are operating a current account for a person known by the Home Office to be in the UK illegally. If a bank establishes that a customer is an illegal migrant, they will have a duty to report the match and details of any other accounts they provide to the Home Office. The FCA has responsibility for supervising banks adherence to the requirements of the Act. The Home Office may require the bank to close the accounts of such individuals as soon as reasonably practicable.

The Criminal Finances Act 2017 (the CF Act), which received Royal Assent in April 2017, makes provision for a number of important changes to the law governing money laundering, civil recovery and enforcement powers concerning terrorist property. The CF Act introduces a new offence (modelled on the corporate offence under section 7 of the Bribery Act 2010), which will be committed by a corporation which fails to prevent the criminal facilitation of tax evasion by its associated persons (which includes its employees, agents and other persons who perform services for or on behalf of it) regardless of whether the tax is owed in the UK or another country. There is a defence where the corporation has put in place reasonable prevention procedures. If an offence is committed, unlimited financial penalties or ancillary orders could be imposed. The CF Act came into force on 30 September 2017 and includes a range of further provisions targeted at improving the UK Government’s ability to tackle money laundering and corruption, recover the proceeds of crime and counter terrorist financing and enable greater sharing of information between entities within the regulated sector and enforcement agencies. Failure to comply with the requirements of the CF Act could expose Santander UK to significant criminal or civil sanctions.

In May 2018, the Trump administration announced that the United States will cease its participation in the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) and re-impose sanctions relating to Iran following wind-down periods ending 6 August 2018 and 4 November 2018. It is expected that US sanctions will revert to provisions substantially similar to those in force in 2013, prior to the initial Iran nuclear agreement, and that US secondary sanctions will target a wide range of Iran-related activities.

The lack of certainty on possible requirements arising from new AML and Sanctions laws could pose risks given the penalties for financial crime compliance failings. If such penalties are incurred then they could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

The implementation of the foregoing measures (whether in their current form or as amended) has already increased our regulatory and compliance burden, and there can be no assurances that this burden will not increase further. The regulatory changes required substantial amendments to our AML / CTF procedures and policies and may yet require further such amendments. The changes could adversely impact our business by increasing our operational and compliance costs and reducing the value of our assets and operations. These challenges are exacerbated by the complexity arising from overlapping requirements between different legislation, and, in some instances, conflicts of laws. There are also some requirements which have extra-territorial effect, for example, the UK Bribery Act. There are challenges in ensuring the compliance of entities over which we do not have full control or where the UK rules do not align easily with the local requirements. There is a risk that the measures will not be implemented correctly or on time or that individuals within the business will not be fully compliant with the new procedures. If there are breaches of these measures or existing law and regulation relating to financial crime, we could face significant administrative, regulatory and criminal sanctions and restrictions on the conduct of our business and operations, as well as reputational damage. Any such breaches could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

EU General Data Protection Regulation

The EU General Data Protection Regulation (the GDPR) came into direct effect in all EU Member States on 25 May 2018, replacing previous EU data privacy laws. Although a number of basic existing principles have remained the same, the GDPR has introduced new obligations on data controllers and rights for data subjects, including, among others:

– Accountability and transparency requirements, which require data controllers to demonstrate and record compliance with the GDPR and to provide detailed information to data subjects regarding processing

– Enhanced data consent requirements, which includes “explicit” consent in relation to the processing of sensitive data

– Obligations to consider data privacy as any new products or services are developed and limit the amount of information collected, processed, stored and its accessibility

– Constraints on using data to profile data subjects

– Providing data subjects with personal data in a useable format on request and erasing personal data in certain circumstances

– Reporting of breaches without undue delay

Santander UK plc 73

2018 Half Yearly Financial Report  |  Shareholder Information

The GDPR has also introduced new fines and penalties for a breach of requirements, including fines for systematic breaches of up to the higher of 4% of annual worldwide turnover or €20m and fines of up to the higher of 2% of annual worldwide turnover or €10m (whichever is highest) for other specified infringements. The GDPR identifies a list of points to consider when imposing fines (including the nature, gravity and duration of the infringement).

The implementation of the GDPR has required substantial amendments to our procedures and policies. The changes have impacted, and could further adversely impact, our business by increasing our operational and compliance costs. Further, there is a risk that the measures may not be implemented correctly or that there may be partial non-compliance with the new procedures. If there are breaches of the GDPR obligations, we could face significant administrative and monetary sanctions as well as reputational damage which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

We are exposed to risk of loss and damage from civil litigation and/or criminal legal and regulatory proceedings

We face various legal and regulatory issues that may give rise to civil or criminal litigation, arbitration, or criminal, tax, administrative or regulatory investigations, inquiries or proceedings. Failure to adequately manage the risks arising in connection with legal and regulatory issues, including our obligations under existing applicable law and regulation or our contractual obligations including arrangements with suppliers, or failing to properly implement new applicable law and regulation could result in significant loss or damage including reputational damage, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects. Additionally, the current regulatory environment, with its increased supervisory focus and associated enforcement activity, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, may lead to material operational and compliance costs. Relevant risks include:

– Regulators, agencies and authorities with jurisdiction over us, including the Bank of England (BoE), the PRA and the FCA, HM Treasury, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC), the CMA, the Commission, the Information Commissioner’s Office, the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS), the PSR, the Serious Fraud Office (SFO), the National Crime Agency (NCA) or the Courts, may determine that certain aspects of our business have not been or are not being conducted in accordance with applicable laws or regulations, or, in the case of the FOS, with what is fair and reasonable in the FOS’s opinion.

– An adverse finding by a regulator, agency or authority could result in the need for extensive changes in systems and controls, business policies, and practices coupled with suspension of sales, restrictions on conduct of business and operations, withdrawal of services, customer redress, fines and reputational damage.

– The increased focus on competition law in financial services and concurrent competition enforcement powers for the FCA and PSR may increase the likelihood of competition law related inquiries or investigations.

– The alleged historical or current misselling of financial products, such as Payment Protection Insurance (PPI), including as a result of having sales practices and/or rewards structures that are deemed to have been inappropriate, presents a risk of civil litigation (including claims management company driven legal campaigns) and/or in enforcement action or requires us to amend sales processes, withdraw products or provide restitution to affected customers, all of which may require additional provisions to be recorded in our financial statements and could adversely impact future revenues from affected products.

– We hold bank accounts for entities that might be or are subject to scrutiny from various regulators and authorities, including the SFO, the NCA and regulators in the US and elsewhere, which could lead to our conduct being reviewed as part of any such scrutiny.

– We may be liable for damages to third parties harmed by the conduct of our business. For competition law, there are efforts by governments across Europe to promote private enforcement as a means of obtaining redress for harm suffered as a result of competition law breaches. Under the Consumer Rights Act, there is scope for class actions to be used to allow the claims of a whole class of claimants to be heard in a single action in both follow-on and standalone competition cases.

We are from time to time subject to certain legal or regulatory investigations, inquiries or proceedings in the normal course of our business, including in connection with our lending and payment activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters. These may be brought against us under UK legal or regulatory processes, or under legal or regulatory processes in other jurisdictions, such as the EU and the US, where overseas regulators and authorities may have jurisdiction by virtue of our activities or operations. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings, particularly where opportunistic claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of discovery, or where the approaches of regulators or authorities to legal or regulatory issues and sanctions applied are subject to change, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of any pending matters will be and any such pending matters are not disclosed by name because they are under assessment. Our provisions in respect of any pending legal or regulatory proceedings are made in accordance with relevant accounting requirements and are reviewed periodically.

In light of the uncertainties involved in such legal or regulatory proceedings, there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not exceed the provisions currently accrued by us. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter (whether currently provided or otherwise) may be material to our operations, financial condition and prospects for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and our level of income for that period.

74 Santander UK plc

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibits
7.1	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the six months ended 30 June 2018.(1)
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

⁽¹⁾  Incorporated by reference into Registration Statement No. 333-213861 on Form F-3.

* In accordance with Rule 402 of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	SANTANDER UK PLC
Dated: 21 August 2018	By / s / Marc Boston
	(Authorised Signatory)

EX-7.1

Exhibit 7.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(i) Excluding interest on retail deposits

	Six months   ended June 30		Year ended December 31
	2018 £m		2017 £m			2016 £m			2015 £m		2014 £m
Profit on continuing operations before tax		905		1,817			1,917			1,345		1,399
Fixed charges: interest expense (B) (1)		477		772			994			1,141		1,291
Preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries		-		(19	)		(12	)		-		-
Earnings before taxes and fixed charges (A)		1,382		2,570			2,899			2,486		2,690
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (A/B)		290		333			292			218		208

(ii) Including interest on retail deposits

	Six months   ended June 30		Year ended December 31
	2018 £m		2017 £m			2016 £m			2015 £m		2014 £m
Profit on continuing operations before tax		905		1,817			1,917			1,345		1,399
Fixed charges: interest expense (B) (1)		1,190		2,102			2,885			3,120		3,363
Preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries		-		(19	)		(12	)		-		-
Earnings before taxes and fixed charges (A)		2,095		3,900			4,790			4,465		4,762
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (A/B)		176		186			166			143		142

Note

⁽¹⁾  Includes the amortisation of discounts and premiums on debt securities in issue.

XML

Document and Entity Information	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018
Document - Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	6-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2018
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2018
Document Fiscal Period Focus	H1
Trading Symbol	CK0001087711
Entity Registrant Name	SANTANDER UK PLC
Entity Central Index Key	0001087711
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31

XML

Consolidated Income Statement - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Profit (loss) [abstract]
Interest and similar income	£ 3,001	£ 2,977
Interest expense and similar charges	(1,190)	(1,055)
Net interest income	1,811	1,922
Fee and commission income	584	609
Fee and commission expense	(204)	(200)
Net fee and commission income	380	409
Net trading and other income	121	182
Total operating income	2,312	2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(1,283)	(1,215)
Credit impairment losses	(91)	(48)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(33)	(186)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(124)	(234)
Profit before tax	905	1,064
Tax on profit	(256)	(323)
Profit after tax for the period	649	741
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	637	730
Non-controlling interests	12	11
Profit after tax for the period	£ 649	£ 741

XML

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Statement of comprehensive income [abstract]
Profit after tax for the period	£ 649	£ 741
Available-for-sale securities:
- Change in fair value		72
- Income statement transfers		(48)
- Taxation		(5)
Other comprehensive income available-for-sale securities, total		19
Movement in fair value reserve (debt instruments):
- Change in fair value	(94)
- Income statement transfers	67
- Taxation	6
Other comprehensive income fair value reserve (debt instruments)	(21)
Cash flow hedges:
- Effective portion of changes in fair value	84	(48)
- Income statement transfers	(190)	(124)
- Taxation	21	48
Other comprehensive income cash flow hedges, total	(85)	(124)
Net other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	(106)	(105)
Pension remeasurement:
- Change in fair value	529	79
- Taxation	(132)	(20)
Pension remeasurement, total	397	59
Own credit adjustment:
- Change in fair value	(31)	(23)
- Taxation	8	6
Own credit adjustment, total	(23)	(17)
Net other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	374	42
Total other comprehensive income for the period net of tax	268	(63)
Total comprehensive income	917	678
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	904	666
Non-controlling interests	13	12
Total comprehensive income	£ 917	£ 678

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks	£ 21,342	£ 32,771
Trading assets	19,158	30,555
Derivative financial instruments	3,838	19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	2,710	2,096
Loans and advances to banks	2,410	3,463
Loans and advances to customers	200,950	199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements - non trading	13,611	2,614
Financial investments	20,986	17,611
Interests in other entities	80	73
Intangible assets	1,783	1,742
Property, plant and equipment	1,702	1,598
Current tax assets	46	0
Retirement benefit assets	868	449
Other assets	2,907	2,511
Assets held for sale	24,241	0
Total assets	316,632	314,765
Liabilities
Deposits by banks	15,655	12,708
Deposits by customers	175,885	183,146
Repurchase agreements - non trading	17,447	1,578
Trading liabilities	8,375	31,109
Derivative financial instruments	1,466	17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value	1,238	2,315
Debt securities in issue	46,004	42,633
Subordinated liabilities	3,758	3,793
Other liabilities	2,847	2,730
Provisions	504	558
Current tax liabilities	0	3
Deferred tax liabilities	160	88
Retirement benefit obligations	108	286
Liabilities held for sale	26,616	0
Total liabilities	300,063	298,560
Equity
Share capital	3,119	3,119
Share premium	5,620	5,620
Other equity instruments	2,281	2,281
Retained earnings	5,194	4,732
Other reserves	190	301
Total shareholders' equity	16,404	16,053
Non-controlling interests	165	152
Total equity	16,569	16,205
Total liabilities and equity	£ 316,632	£ 314,765

XML

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax for the period	£ 649	£ 741
Adjustments for:
Non-cash items included in profit	210	678
Change in operating assets	(2,644)	(1,445)
Change in operating liabilities	(1,176)	5,442
Corporation taxes paid	(236)	(233)
Effects of exchange rate differences	583	(132)
Net cash flows from operating activities	(2,614)	5,051
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in other entities	(66)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	(350)	(217)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	13	24
Purchase of financial investments	(5,047)	(419)
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial investments	1,301	1,186
Net cash flows from investing activities	(4,149)	574
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of AT1 Capital Securities		500
Issuance costs of AT1 Capital Securities		(4)
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes	6,452	2,237
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes	(13)	(9)
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes	(4,601)	(6,418)
Dividends paid on ordinary shares	(250)	(276)
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments	(90)	(80)
Dividends paid on non-controlling interests	0	0
Net cash flows from financing activities	1,498	(4,050)
Change in cash and cash equivalents	(5,265)	1,575
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period	42,226	25,705
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	206	(254)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	37,167	27,026
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash and balances at central banks	21,342	18,255
Less: regulatory minimum cash balances	(631)	(380)
Cash and bank balances at central banks less regulatory minimum cash balances	20,711	17,875
Net trading other cash equivalents	2,591	6,775
Net non-trading other cash equivalents	13,865	2,376
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	£ 37,167	£ 27,026

XML

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Total	Share Capital [member]	Share premium [member]	Other Equity Instruments [member]	Other Reserves Available-For-Sale [member]	Other Reserves Fair Value Reserves [member]	Other Reserves Cash Flow Hedging [member]	Other Reserves Currency Translation [member]	Retained Earnings [member]	[1]	Total [member]	Non-Controlling Interests [member]
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2016	£ 15,453	£ 3,119	£ 5,620	£ 1,785	£ 48		£ 471	£ 5	£ 4,255		£ 15,303	£ 150
Profit after tax	741								730		730	11
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
- Available-for-sale securities	19				19						19
- Cash flow hedges	(124)						(124)				(124)
- Pension remeasurement	59								58		58	1
- Own credit adjustment	(17)								(17)		(17)
Total comprehensive income	678				19		(124)		771		666	12
Issue of AT1 Capital Securities	496			496							496
Dividends on ordinary shares	(323)								(323)		(323)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	(80)								(80)		(80)
Tax on other equity instruments	26								26		26
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2017	16,250	3,119	5,620	2,281	67		347	5	4,649		16,088	162
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2017	16,205	3,119	5,620	2,281	68		228	5	4,732		16,053	152
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	(192)				(68)	£ 63			(187)		(192)
Ending balance at Jan. 01, 2018	16,013	3,119	5,620	2,281		63	228	5	4,545		15,861	152
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2017	16,205	3,119	5,620	2,281	£ 68		228	5	4,732		16,053	152
Profit after tax	649								637		637	12
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments)	(21)					(21)					(21)
- Cash flow hedges	(85)						(85)				(85)
- Pension remeasurement	397								396		396	1
- Own credit adjustment	(23)								(23)		(23)
Total comprehensive income	917					(21)	(85)		1,010		904	13
Other	(45)								(45)		(45)
Dividends on ordinary shares	(250)								(250)		(250)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	(90)								(90)		(90)
Tax on other equity instruments	24								24		24
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2018	£ 16,569	£ 3,119	£ 5,620	£ 2,281		£ 42	£ 143	£ 5	£ 5,194		£ 16,404	£ 165

[1] Restated to reflect the change in accounting policy relating to business combinations between entities under common control, as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

XML

Accounting Policies

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Accounting Policies

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2017 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies. The auditor’s report on those accounts was unqualified, did not draw attention to any matters by way of emphasis and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) of the UK Companies Act 2006.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the European Union, and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Santander UK group for the year ended 31 December 2017 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Those Consolidated Financial Statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of the IASB (together IFRS). The Santander UK group has also complied with its legal obligation to comply with IFRS as adopted by the European Union as there are no applicable differences between the two frameworks for the periods presented.

In preparing the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements management makes judgements, estimates and assumptions which impact the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Because of the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may differ. Management continually evaluates the judgements, estimates and assumptions applied, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Except as noted below, the same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group’s 2017 Annual Report.

IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. In order to be classified as held for sale, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary and the sale must be highly probable. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell, with the exception of financial instruments which remain governed by the requirements of IFRS 9, and are held at their IFRS 9 carrying value. For details of the disposal of assets and liabilities in connection with Banking Reform see Notes 26 and 27.

Recent accounting developments

On 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group adopted IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (IFRS 9) and IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (IFRS 15). The new/revised accounting policies are set out below. The Santander UK group has decided to continue adopting IAS 39 hedge accounting and consequently there have been no changes to the hedge accounting policies and practices set out in the 2017 Annual Report following the adoption of IFRS 9.

The impact of applying IFRS 9 is disclosed in Note 25(i). The accounting policy changes for IFRS 9, set out in section (i) below, have been applied from 1 January 2018. Comparatives have not been restated. As a result of the change from IAS 39 to IFRS 9, some disclosures presented in respect of certain financial assets are not comparable because their classification may have changed between the two standards. This means that some IFRS 9 disclosures are not directly comparable and some disclosures that relate to information presented on an IAS 39 basis are no longer relevant in the current period.

The application of IFRS 15 had no material impact on the Santander UK group as there were no significant changes in the recognition of in scope income. The accounting policy changes for IFRS 15 are set out in section (ii) below.

As explained in Note 25(i), the classification and measurement changes to financial assets that arose on adoption of IFRS 9 have been aligned to the presentation in the balance sheet as:

– Loans and receivables amounting to £1,071m and available-for-sale financial assets amounting to £110m that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics are mandatorily measured at FVTPL and were moved from financial investments to other financial assets at FVTPL.

– Social housing loans amounting to £977m were reclassified to amortised cost on adoption of IFRS 9 and, consequently, were moved from other financial assets at FVTPL to loans and advances to customers.

– £19m and £180m of other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers respectively, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

– The balance sheet category for ‘Financial assets designated at fair value’ has been changed to ‘Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’.

In addition, non-trading repurchase agreements and non-trading reverse repurchase agreements are now presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. Previously, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements were included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’, and non-trading repurchase agreements were included in ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Deposits by customers’. The new presentation, which is considered to be more relevant to an understanding of our financial position, was adopted with effect from 1 January 2018, and comparatives are re-presented accordingly.

i) IFRS 9 accounting policy changes

Interest income and expense

Interest income on financial assets that are classified as amortised cost, investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and interest expense on financial liabilities other than those at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) is determined using the effective interest rate method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the estimated future cash payments or receipts over the expected life of the instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset (i.e. its amortised cost before any impairment allowance) or to the amortised cost of a financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the future cash flows are estimated after considering all the contractual terms of the instrument excluding expected credit losses (ECLs). The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by the Santander UK group that are an integral part of the overall return, direct incremental transaction costs related to the acquisition, issue or disposal of the financial instrument and all other premiums or discounts.

Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of financial assets, except for financial assets that have subsequently become credit-impaired (or ‘stage 3’), for which interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortised cost (i.e. net of the ECL provision).

Interest income on assets classified as amortised cost, investments in debt instruments measured at FVOCI, interest expense on liabilities classified at amortised cost, and interest income and expense on hedging derivatives are recognised in ‘Interest and similar income’ and ‘Interest expense and similar charges’ in the income statement, as appropriate.

Financial instruments

a) Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised when the Santander UK group becomes a party to the contractual terms of the instrument. The Santander UK group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Immediately after initial recognition, an ECL allowance is recognised for financial assets measured at amortised cost and investments in debt instruments measured at FVOCI.

A regular way purchase is a purchase of a financial asset under a contract whose terms require delivery of the asset within the timeframe established generally by regulation or convention in the market place concerned. Regular way purchases of financial assets classified as amortised cost, issues of equity or financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are recognised on settlement date; all other regular way purchases and issues are recognised on trade date.

b) Financial assets and liabilities

i) Classification and subsequent measurement

From 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group has applied IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

– Amortised cost;

– FVOCI;

– FVTPL.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as FVTPL where they are mandatorily held at FVTPL or where they are otherwise designated at FVTPL on initial recognition. Financial assets and financial liabilities which are mandatorily held at FVTPL include:

– Financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading (see below);

– Debt instruments that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) characteristics; and

– Equity instruments that have not been designated as held at FVOCI.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are derivatives or if they are acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near-term, or form part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking.

In certain circumstances financial assets and financial liabilities other than those that are held for trading are designated at FVTPL where this results in more relevant information because it significantly reduces a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains or losses on them on a different basis, where the assets or liabilities are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis or, in the case of financial liabilities, where it contains one or more embedded derivatives which are not closely related to the host contract.

The classification and measurement requirements for financial asset debt and equity instruments and financial liabilities are set out below.

a) Financial assets: debt instruments

Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability from the issuer’s perspective, such as loans and government and corporate bonds.

Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on the Santander UK group’s business model for managing the asset, and the cash flow characteristics of the asset.

Business model

The business model reflects how the Santander UK group manages the assets in order to generate cash flows and, specifically, whether the Santander UK group’s objective is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets or is to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of assets. If neither of these is applicable, such as where the financial assets are held for trading purposes, then the financial assets are classified as part of ‘Other’ business model and measured at FVTPL. Factors considered by the Santander UK group in determining the business model for a group of assets include past experience on how the cash flows for these assets were collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated and reported to key management personnel and how risks are assessed and managed.

SPPI

Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash flows and sell, the Santander UK group assesses whether the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI. In making this assessment, the Santander UK group considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending arrangement (i.e. interest includes only consideration for the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement). Where the contractual terms introduce exposure to risk or volatility that are inconsistent with a basic lending arrangement, the related asset is classified and measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are SPPI.

Based on these factors, the Santander UK group classifies its debt instruments into one of the following three measurement categories:

– Amortised cost – Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent SPPI, and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortised cost. The carrying amount of these assets is adjusted by any ECL recognised and measured as presented in Note 25. Interest income from these financial assets is included in ‘Interest and similar income’ using the effective interest rate method. When the group revises the estimates of future cash flows, the carrying amount of the respective financial assets or financial liability is adjusted to reflect the new estimate discounted using the original effective interest rate. Any changes are recognised in the income statement.

– FVOCI – Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI, and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are recognised in OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses on the instrument’s amortised cost which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in ‘Net trading and other income’. Interest income from these financial assets is included in ‘Interest and similar income’ using the effective interest rate method.

– FVTPL – Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt instrument that is subsequently measured at FVTPL, including any debt instruments designated at fair value, is recognised in profit or loss and presented in the income statement in ‘Net trading and other income’ in the period in which it arises.

The Santander UK group reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place from the start of the first reporting period following the change. Such changes are expected to be very infrequent.

b) Financial assets: equity instruments

Equity instruments are instruments that meet the definition of equity from the issuer’s perspective being instruments that do not contain a contractual obligation to pay cash and that evidence a residual interest in the issuer’s net assets. The Santander UK group subsequently measures all equity investments at FVTPL, except where management has elected, at initial recognition, to irrevocably designate an equity investment at FVOCI. When this election is used, fair value gains and losses are recognised in OCI and are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss, including on disposal. ECLs (and reversal of ECLs) are not reported separately from other changes in fair value. Dividends, when representing a return on such investments, continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when Santander UK group’s right to receive payments is established. Gains and losses on equity investments at FVTPL are included in the ‘Net trading and other income’ line in the income statement.

c) Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost, except for:

– Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: this classification is applied to derivatives, financial liabilities held for trading and other financial liabilities designated as such at initial recognition. Gains or losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are presented partially in other comprehensive income (the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability) and partially in profit or loss (the remaining amount of change in the fair value of the liability);

– Financial liabilities arising from the transfer of financial assets which did not qualify for derecognition, whereby a financial liability is recognised for the consideration received for the transfer. In subsequent periods, the Santander UK group recognises any expense incurred on the financial liability; and

– Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments.

ii) Impairment of debt instrument financial assets

The Santander UK group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instrument assets carried at amortised cost and FVOCI and with the exposure arising from financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments. The Santander UK group recognises a loss allowance for such losses at each reporting date. The measurement of ECL reflects:

- An unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;

- The time value of money; and

- Reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Further details of how ECL is calculated are provided in the Credit Risk section of the Risk review.

iii) Modifications of financial assets

The treatment of a renegotiation or modification of the contractual cash flows of a financial asset depends upon whether the renegotiation or modification is done for commercial reasons or because of financial difficulties of the borrower.

– Contractual modifications for commercial reasons: such modifications are treated as a new transaction resulting in the derecognition of the original financial asset, and the recognition of a “new” financial asset. Any difference between the carrying amount of the derecognised asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognised in the income statement as a gain or loss on derecognition.

– Contractual modifications due to financial difficulties of the borrower: where Santander UK modifies the contractual conditions to enable the borrower to fulfil their payment obligations, the asset is not derecognised. The gross carrying amount of the financial asset is recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated/modified contractual cash flows that are discounted at the financial asset’s original EIR and any gain or loss arising from the modification is recognised in the income statement.

Other contractual modifications are assessed on a case-by-case basis to establish whether or not the financial asset should be derecognised.

iv) Derecognition other than on a modification

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or the Santander UK group has transferred its contractual right to receive the cash flows from the assets and either: (1) substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred; or (2) the Santander UK group has neither retained nor transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards, but has transferred control.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when extinguished, cancelled or expired.

c) Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and others on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities.

Financial guarantee contracts are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of:

– The amount of the loss allowance; and

– The premium received on initial recognition less income recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15.

Loan commitments are measured as the amount of the loss allowance. The Santander UK group has not provided any commitment to provide loans at a below-market interest rate, or that can be settled net in cash or by delivering or issuing another financial instrument.

For financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments, the loss allowance is recognised as a provision and charged to credit impairment losses in the income statement. The loss allowance in respect of any revolving facilities is shown as part of loans and advances to customers to the extent of any drawn balances with only the excess recognised as a provision.

ii) IFRS 15 accounting policy changes

Revenue recognition: fee and commission income and expense

Fees and commissions that are not an integral part of the effective interest rate are recognised when the service is performed. For retail and corporate products, fee and commission income consists principally of collection services fees, commission on foreign currencies, commission and other fees received from retailers for processing credit card transactions, fees received from other credit card issuers for providing cash advances for their customers through the Santander UK group’s branch and ATM networks, annual fees payable by credit card holders and fees for non-banking financial products.

For insurance products, fee and commission income consists principally of commissions and profit share arising from the sale of building and contents insurance and life protection insurance. Commissions arising from the sale of buildings and contents insurance are recognised over the period of insurance cover, adjusted to take account of cancelled policies. Profit share income from the sale of buildings and contents insurance which is not subject to any adjustment is recognised when the profit share income is earned. Commissions and profit share arising from the sale of life protection insurance is subject to adjustment for cancellations of policies within 3 years from inception.

Fee and commission income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument (e.g. certain loan commitment fees) is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and recorded in ‘Interest income’.

Future accounting developments

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (IFRS 16) – In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier adoption is permitted for entities that apply IFRS 15 at or before the date of initial application of IFRS 16. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure for both lessees and lessors. For lessee accounting, IFRS 16 introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognise a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. For lessor accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements from the existing leasing standard (IAS 17) and a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases and to account for those two types of leases differently. At the date of publication of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements the impact of the standard is currently being assessed and it is not yet practicable to quantify the effect of IFRS 16 on these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Details of existing operating lease commitments in respect of leases where the Santander UK group is lessee and that are likely to come on the balance sheet under IFRS 16 are set out in Note 29 to the 2017 Annual Report.

Going Concern

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Santander UK group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least twelve months from the date that the balance sheet is signed. Having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the ‘going concern’ basis of accounting in preparing the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND AREAS OF SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT JUDGEMENT

The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The introduction of IFRS 9 has given rise to areas of significant management judgement in respect of the ECL impairment methodology and these are explained further below. There have been no other significant changes in the basis upon which estimates and judgements have been determined compared to that applied in the 2017 Annual Report.

Credit impairment losses – ECL impairment methodology

The following estimates and judgements in connection with the application of the ECL impairment methodology are highly susceptible to change from period to period as assumptions are made to calculate the estimates. Any significant difference between the estimated amounts and actual amounts could have a material impact on the Santander UK group’s future financial results and financial condition.

– Forward-looking multiple economic scenarios: we use five scenarios, consisting of a central base case, two upside scenarios and two downside scenarios except for our CIB portfolio, where we use a central base case and a single upside and downside scenario. For CIB portfolios, we consider these scenarios sufficient to account for any non-linear relationships. For non-CIB portfolios, we create our macroeconomic scenarios by imposing the chosen paths for GDP on the Oxford Economic model in order to generate other macroeconomic variables, such as House Price Index (HPI) and unemployment rates.

– Probability weights: in determining our initial scenario probability weightings, we award the highest weight to the base case, whilst the extreme scenarios typically attract lower weights than the more moderate ones. In addition, due to the current economic position and policy concerns evidenced by the PRA and Financial Policy Committee (FPC), and due to political concerns we have applied a higher weighting to the downside scenarios.

– Significant increase in credit risk: a combination of quantitative (both absolute and relative), qualitative and backstop criteria are employed to determine exposures that are considered significantly credit deteriorated since initial recognition and which are subject to assessment for lifetime ECL measurement.

– Post Model Adjustments: these relate to adjustments which we deem necessary because of identified model limitations – most notably those that have arisen due to challenges in obtaining historical data. We expect these to gradually become redundant as we build up sufficient comparative data over future reporting periods.

XML

Segments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Segments

2. SEGMENTS

The Santander UK group’s business is managed and reported on the basis of the following segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Corporate & Investment Banking (formerly branded as Global Corporate Banking) and Corporate Centre. The segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business has different customers and requires different technology and marketing strategies. There has been no change to the descriptions of these segments and segmental accounting as set out in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

Half year to 30 June 2018	Retail         Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income/(expense)		1,587			204			33			(13	)		1,811
Non-interest income/(expense)		305			40			171			(15	)		501
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(965	)		(135	)		(150	)		(33	)		(1,283	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(52	)		(22	)		(18	)		1			(91	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(33	)		7			(2	)		(5	)		(33	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(85	)		(15	)		(20	)		(4	)		(124	)
Profit/(loss) before tax		842			94			34			(65	)		905
Revenue from external customers		2,170			319			233			(410	)		2,312
Inter-segment revenue		(278	)		(75	)		(29	)		382			–
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		311			13			14			–			338
- Insurance, protection and investments		46			–			–			–			46
- Credit cards		45			–			–			–			45
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		73			28			49			5			155
Total fee and commission income(3)		475			41			63			5			584
Total assets(4)		177,374			19,028			55,482			64,748			316,632
Of which assets held for sale		306			–			23,814			121			24,241
Total liabilities		148,846			17,064			49,884			84,269			300,063
Of which liabilities held for sale		5,735			–			20,867			15			26,617
Half year to 30 June 2017(5)	Retail Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income		1,657			191			33			41			1,922
Non-interest income		300			37			201			53			591
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(919	)		(109	)		(145	)		(42	)		(1,215	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(39	)		(3	)		(9	)		3			(48	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(155	)		(29	)		–			(2	)		(186	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases		(194	)		(32	)		(9	)		1			(234	)
Profit before tax		844			87			80			53			1,064
Revenue from external customers		2,272			318			279			(356	)		2,513
Inter-segment revenue		(315	)		(90	)		(45	)		450			–
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		330			14			13			–			357
- Insurance, protection and investments		48			–			–			–			48
- Credit cards		44			–			–			–			44
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		65			30			65			–			160
Total fee and commission income(3)		487			44			78			–			609
31 December 2017
Total assets(4)		174,524			19,391			51,078			69,772			314,765
Total liabilities		150,847			18,697			45,603			83,413			298,560

(1) The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2) Non-banking and other fees include mortgages, consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance

(3) The majority of fee and commission income is recognised at a point in time. Certain commitment, upfront and management fees are recognised over time but are not material. Insurance commissions and associated income are recognised over time in accordance with the accounting policy described in Note 1 to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(4) Includes customer loans, net of impairment loss allowances.

(5) Restated on the same basis as described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

XML

Net Trading and Other Income

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Net Trading and Other Income

3. NET TRADING AND OTHER INCOME

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Net trading and other income		121		182

In December 2017, Santander UK exercised its option to call the £175m Fixed/Floating Rate Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities. These were fully redeemed on 9 February 2018. In September 2017, as part of a capital management exercise, we purchased and redeemed 91% of the 7.375% 20 Year Step-up perpetual callable subordinated notes. These had no significant impact on the income statement.

XML

Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges

4. OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE IMPAIRMENT LOSSES, PROVISIONS AND CHARGES

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Staff costs		691		566
Other administration expenses		411		493
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment		181		156
		1,283		1,215

XML

Credit Impairment Losses and Provisions

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Credit Impairment Losses and Provisions

5. CREDIT IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND PROVISIONS

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Credit Impairment losses:
Loans and advances to customers (See Note 11)		102			76
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs (See Note 11)		(21	)		(28	)
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 19)		10
		91			48
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 19)		33			181
Provisions for residual value and voluntary termination (See Note 11)		–			5
		33			186
		124			234

The new credit impairment loss allowance requirements introduced by IFRS 9 mandated a change from recognising impairment losses on an incurred loss basis (as reflected in H117) to an expected credit loss (ECL) basis (as reflected in H118). For more details on this change in methodology, refer to the IFRS 9 accounting policy changes in Note 1 and the IFRS 9 transition disclosures in Note 25. There were no material credit impairment losses on loans and advances to banks and financial investments.

XML

Taxation

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Taxation

6. TAXATION

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Profit before tax		905			1,064
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 19% (H117: 19.25%)		172			205
Bank surcharge on profits		64			77
Non-deductible preference dividends paid		5			5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy		13			18
Non-deductible conduct remediation		(2	)		16
Net disallowable items and non-taxable income		10			12
Adjustment to prior period provisions		(6	)		(10	)
Tax charge		256			323

Interim period corporation tax is accrued based on the estimated average annual effective corporation tax for the year of 28.3% (H117: 30.4%). The standard rate of UK corporation tax was 27% for banking entities and 19% for non-banking entities (2017: 27.25% for banking entities and 19.25% for non-banking entities) following the introduction of an 8% surcharge which is applied to banking companies from 1 January 2016. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the relevant jurisdictions. The Finance (No.2) Act 2015 introduced reductions in the corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% in 2017 and 18% by 2020. The Finance Act 2016, which was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016, introduced a further reduction in the standard rate of corporation tax rate to 17% from 2020. The effects of the changes in tax rates are included in the deferred tax balances at both 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017.

XML

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

7. DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES

An interim dividend of £250m was declared and paid on 29 June 2018 on the Company’s ordinary shares in issue (H117: £323m).

XML

Trading Assets

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Trading Assets

8. TRADING ASSETS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities purchased under resale agreements		3,740		8,870
Debt securities		–		5,156
Equity securities		8,264		9,662
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		7,082		6,156
Short-term loans		72		711
		19,158		30,555

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

9. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

			30 June 2018						31 December 2017
			Fair value						Fair value
	Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m		Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts		9,481		406		334		144,160		2,559		4,130
Interest rate contracts		74,493		482		3		863,151		11,612		11,140
Equity and credit contracts		12,776		799		440		19,814		888		693
Total derivatives held for trading		96,750		1,687		777		1,027,125		15,059		15,963
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		3,339		332		–		2,641		312		6
Interest rate contracts		70,066		7		423		59,610		1,272		1,470
Equity derivative contracts		–		–		–		16		–		4
		73,405		339		423		62,267		1,584		1,480
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		27,603		1,691		87		23,117		3,206		55
Interest rate contracts		23,992		121		177		12,884		84		115
Equity derivative contracts		50		–		2		26		9		–
		51,645		1,812		266		36,027		3,299		170
Total derivatives held for hedging		125,050		2,151		689		98,294		4,883		1,650
Total derivative financial instruments		221,800		3,838		1,466		1,125,419		19,942		17,613

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets that have transferred, or will transfer, outside the Santander UK group as part of our ring-fencing plans, including those reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Loans and Advances to Banks

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Loans and Advances to Banks

10. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to banks		2,410		3,463

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Loans and Advances to Customers

11. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to customers		200,471			199,151
Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures		1,344			1,199
Amounts due from Santander UK Group Holdings plc		–			8
Loans and advances to customers		201,815			200,358
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers		(792	)		(940	)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions		(73	)		(78	)
Net loans and advances to customers		200,950			199,340

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

Movement in credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances:

	Loans secured on residential properties £m			Corporate loans £m			Finance leases £m			Other unsecured loans £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		225			490			46			179			940
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)		47			99			11			54			211
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures(2)		(3	)		(25	)		–			(22	)		(50	)
At 1 January 2018		269			564			57			211			1,101
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(13	)		24			17			74			102
Write-offs and other items(1)		(7	)		(318	)		(15	)		(71	)		(411	)
At 30 June 2018		249			270			59			214			792
Recoveries, net of collection costs		1			1			3			16			21
At 1 January 2017		279			382			45			215			921
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(18	)		12			17			65			76
Write-offs and other items(1)		(10	)		(38	)		(16	)		(69	)		(133	)
At 30 June 2017		251			356			46			211			864
Recoveries, net of collection costs		2			1			4			21			28

(1) Mortgage write-offs exclude the effect of the unwind over time of the discounting in estimating losses, as described in the accounting policy ‘Impairment of financial assets’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. Mortgage write-offs including this effect were £8m (H117: £11m).

(2) This relates to ECL on undrawn exposures following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Securitisations and Covered Bonds

12. SECURITISATIONS AND COVERED BONDS

a) Securitisations

The gross assets securitised at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017 under the structures described below were:

	Gross assets securitised
	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Master trust structures:
– Holmes		3,788		4,299
– Fosse		5,167		5,732
– Langton		3,433		3,893
		12,388		13,924
Other securitisation structures:
– Motor		1,146		1,318
– Auto ABS UK Loans		1,480		1,498
		2,626		2,816
Total		15,014		16,740

i) Master trust structures

Holmes

During the period, there were £1.0bn of external issuances from Holmes Master Issuer plc (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of mortgage-backed securities (H117: £0.7bn equivalent).

Fosse

During the period, there were no external issuances from Fosse Master Issuer plc (H117: £nil). External mortgage-backed notes totalling £0.4bn (H117: £0.7bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

Langton

During the period, there were no external issuances from the Langton issuing companies (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of mortgage-backed notes (H117: £nil).

ii) Other securitisation structures

Motor

During the period, there were no external issuances from the Motor issuing companies (H117: £nil) and no external redemptions of asset-backed notes (H117: £0.2bn equivalent).

Auto ABS UK Loans

During the period, there were no external issuances from Auto ABS UK Loans (H117: £0.5bn) and no external redemptions of asset-backed notes (H117: £0.7bn).

b) Covered bonds

During the period, there were £2.4bn of external issuances from the covered bond programme (H117: £1.0bn). External mortgage-backed notes totalling £1.9bn (H117: £1.8bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

XML

Financial Investments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Financial Investments

13. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Amortised cost:
– Asset backed securities		761		2,180
– Debt securities(1)		6,544		6,578
		7,305		8,758
FVOCI:
– Debt securities		13,506
– Loans and advances to customers(2)		175
		13,681
Available-for-sale:
– Debt securities				8,772
– Equity securities				81
				8,853
		20,986		17,611

(1) These securities were previously classified as held-to-maturity investments under IAS 39. See Note 25.

(2) These comprise other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models that were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers at amortised cost, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude assets relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Interests in Other Entities

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Interests in Other Entities

14. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

The Santander UK group has interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities, as set out in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

The unconsolidated structured entities include Abbey National Capital Trust I and Abbey National Capital LP I, which are 100% owned finance subsidiaries (as defined in Regulation S-X under the US Securities Act 1933, as amended) of Santander UK plc. On 7 February 2000, Abbey National Capital Trust I issued US$1bn of 8.963% Non-cumulative Trust Preferred Securities, which have been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Abbey National Capital Trust I serves solely as a passive vehicle holding the partnership preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital LP I and each has passed all the rights relating to such partnership preferred securities to the holders of trust preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital Trust I. All of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Santander UK plc. The terms of the securities do not include any significant restrictions on the ability of Santander UK plc to obtain funds, by dividend or loan, from any subsidiary.

On 1 January 2018, Santander UK plc acquired 100% of the share capital of Santander UK Operations Ltd (formerly Geoban UK Ltd, a subsidiary of Geoban SA) and Santander UK Technology Ltd (formerly Isban UK Ltd, a subsidiary of Ingenieria De Software Bancario SL), for a final cash consideration of £66m. Immediately prior to this, the UK business of Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales SL was acquired by Santander UK Technology Ltd for a final cash consideration of £13m. These acquisitions will enable the Santander UK group to be more customer-centric by having greater business alignment and end-to-end control of IT and operations. These business combinations have brought these UK technology service companies under the direct ownership and control of the Santander UK group. The number of full time employees transferred equated to c. 4,900 employees. This will enable us to be more responsive, and therefore, more customer-centric, and help ensure greater business alignment by being organised internally in the best way to enable us to truly achieve our vision to be a digitally enabled bank.

XML

Deposits by Banks

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Deposits by Banks

15. DEPOSITS BY BANKS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Items in the course of transmission		326		303
Deposits held as collateral		2,408		1,760
Other deposits(1)		12,921		10,645
		15,655		12,708

(1) Includes drawdown from the Term Funding Scheme of £10.8bn (2017: £8.5bn).

XML

Deposits by Customers

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Deposits by Customers

16. DEPOSITS BY CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Current and demand accounts – interest-bearing		84,656		85,749
– non-interest-bearing		2		2
Savings accounts(1)		65,033		70,461
Time deposits		17,358		19,951
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)		8,301		6,256
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries		535		727
		175,885		183,146

(1) Includes equity index-linked deposits of £1,232m (2017: £1,301m). The capital amount guaranteed/protected and the amount of return guaranteed in respect of the equity index-linked deposits were £1,232m and £44m (2017: £1,301m and £67m) respectively.

(2) Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude liabilities relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Trading Liabilities

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Trading Liabilities

17. TRADING LIABILITIES

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities sold under repurchase agreements		5,612		25,504
Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		3,694
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		2,573		1,911
		8,375		31,109

Balances at 30 June 2018 exclude liabilities relating to our ring-fencing plans that have either transferred outside the Santander UK group, or whose transfer is considered highly probable at the balance sheet date and have therefore been reclassified as held for sale. For more details see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Debt Securities in Issue

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Debt Securities in Issue

18. DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Medium-term notes		21,950		18,002
Covered bond programme		16,017		15,799
Certificates of deposit		3,304		4,681
Credit Linked Notes		43		43
Securitisation programmes		4,690		4,108
		46,004		42,633

XML

Provisions

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Provisions

19. PROVISIONS

	Conduct remediation
	PPI £m			Wealth and Investment £m			Other products £m			Regulatory- related £m			Vacant property £m			Other(1) £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		356			3			44			57			39			59			558
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures		–			–			–			–			–			50	(2)		50
At 1 January 2018		356			3			44			57			39			109			608
Additional provisions		–			–			–			–			11			64			75
Provisions released		–			(3	)		(11	)		(4	)		–			(14	)		(32	)
Utilisation		(55	)		–			(2	)		(37	)		(7	)		(46	)		(147	)
At 30 June 2018		301			–			31			16			43			113			504
At 1 January 2017		457			22			14			96			47			64			700
Additional provisions		69			–			35			2			6			69			181
Utilisation		(121	)		(27	)		(2	)		(53	)		(5	)		(87	)		(295	)
Transfers		–			9			–			–			–			–			9
At 30 June 2017		405			4			47			45			48			46			595

(1) At 30 June 2018 this included £53m (2017: £59m) in respect of operational loss and operational risk provisions, restructuring charges and litigation and related expenses. It also included £60m in respect of credit impairment losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments. See Note 5 for details of the income statement charge.

(2) This relates to ECL on loan commitments following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

Conduct remediation

The table below sets out the key drivers of the provision balance and forecast assumptions used in calculating the PPI provision, as well as the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the assumptions. It reflects a balanced view across all retail products and portfolios and includes redress for Plevin-related claims.

	Cumulative to 30 June 2018		Future expected		Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision
Inbound complaints(1) (‘000)		1,858		436		25 = £12.3m
Outbound contact (‘000)		488		292		25 = £5.4m
Response rate to outbound contact		55%		90%		1% = £1.0m
Average uphold rate per claim(2)		44%		72%		1% = £2.7m
Average redress per claim(3)		£1,363		£537		£100 = £50.5m

(1) Includes all claims received regardless of whether we expect to make a payment; i.e. regardless of the likelihood of the Santander UK group incurring a liability. Excludes claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2) Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

(3) The future expected average redress per claim is lower than the cumulative average to date due to the inclusion of Plevin cases in the provision, as well as a shift in the complaint mix to a greater proportion of storecards, which typically held lower average balances.

30 June 2018 compared to 31 December 2017

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs was £301m (2017: £356m), in line with our assumptions and claims experience. However, we will continue to monitor our provision levels, and take account of the impact of any further change in claims received.

The remaining other conduct provision was £31m (2017: £47m), primarily relating to the sale of interest rate derivatives, following an ongoing review regarding regulatory classification of certain customers potentially eligible for redress. Following further analysis of the impacted population, management has assessed the provision requirements resulting in a release of £11m in H118.

Other

Other provisions increased in H118 due to the inclusion of expected credit losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments, following the adoption of IFRS 9. In addition there was a charge of £58m principally relating to additional operational risk losses and restructuring charges.

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Retirement Benefit Plans

20. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – surplus		868			449
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – deficit		(69	)		(245	)
Unfunded defined benefit pension scheme		(39	)		(41	)
Total net assets		760			163

a) Defined contribution pension plans

An expense of £23m (H117: £27m) was recognised for defined contribution plans in the period and is included in staff costs classified within operating expenses, see Note 4. None of this amount was recognised in respect of key management personnel for H118 and H117.

b) Defined benefit pension schemes

The total amount charged to the income statement was £22m (H117: £23m).

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations and fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

	30 June 2018						30 June 2017
	Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m			Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m
At 1 January		(11,583	)		11,746			(11,082	)		11,218
Income statement (charge) / income		(167	)		145			(182	)		156
Contributions paid		–			90			–			91
Recognised in other comprehensive income:
– Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)		–			(72	)		–			85
– Actuarial movements arising from experience adjustments		(39	)		–			11			–
– Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions		640			–			(17	)		–
Benefits paid		221			(221	)		191			(191	)
At 30 June		(10,928	)		11,688			(11,079	)		11,359

Actuarial assumptions

There have been no significant changes to the methods for setting the principal actuarial assumptions used as set out in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions of £640m were mainly due to actuarial gains in H118 driven by widening credit spreads on the discount rate used to value scheme liabilities.

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

21. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Guarantees given to third parties		1,666		1,557
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments		40,425		41,942
		42,091		43,499

At 30 June 2018, the Santander UK group had credit impairment loss provisions relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments. See Note 19 for further details.

Other legal actions and regulatory matters

Santander UK engages in discussion, and co-operates, with the FCA, PRA and other bodies in their supervision of Santander UK, including reviews exercised under statutory powers, regarding its interaction with past and present customers, both as part of general thematic work and in relation to specific products and services. During the ordinary course of business, Santander UK is also subject to complaints and threatened legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of current or former employees, customers, investors or other third parties, in addition to legal and regulatory reviews, challenges and tax or enforcement investigations or proceedings. All such matters are assessed periodically to determine the likelihood of Santander UK incurring a liability. It is not currently practicable to estimate the possible financial effect of these matters.

In those instances where it is concluded that it is not yet probable that a quantifiable payment will be made, for example because the facts are unclear or further time is required to fully assess the merits of the case or to reasonably quantify the expected payment, no provision is made.

Note 19 details our provisions including those in relation to PPI. In relation to a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, a legal dispute regarding allocation of liability is in its early stages. There are factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including in relation to liability. These issues create uncertainties which mean that it is difficult to reliably predict the resolution of the matter including timing or the significance of the possible impact. The PPI provision includes our best estimate of Santander UK’s liability to the specific portfolio. Further information has not been provided on the basis that it would be seriously prejudicial.

XML

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets

22. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL ACCEPTED AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS

Securitisations and covered bonds

As described in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report, Santander UK plc and certain of its subsidiaries issue securitisations and covered bonds. At 30 June 2018, there were £35,253m (2017: £36,512m) of gross assets in these secured programmes, £502m (2017: £1,091m) of these related to internally retained issuances and were available for creating collateral which could in the future be used for liquidity purposes.

At 30 June 2018, total notes issued externally from secured programmes (securitisations and covered bonds) increased to £20,707m (2017: £19,907m), including gross issuance of £3,375m (H117: £1,000m) and redemptions of £2,318m (H117: £3,538m). At 30 June 2018, a total of £4,006m (2017: £4,359m) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes had also been retained internally, a proportion of which had been used as collateral for raising funds via third party bilateral secured funding transactions, which totalled £1,834m at 30 June 2018 (2017: £1,834m), or for creating collateral which could in the future be used for liquidity purposes.

XML

Financial Instruments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Financial Instruments

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Measurement basis of financial assets and liabilities

At 31 December 2017, the Santander UK group categorised assets and liabilities measured at fair value within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to the valuation techniques as described in Note 37(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. With effect from 1 January 2018, the Santander UK group applied the IFRS 9 classification and measurement requirements as described in Notes 1 and 25 to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

b) Fair values of financial instruments carried at amortised cost

The following table analyses the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost can be found in Note 37(c) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

	30 June2018				31 December 2017
	Fair value £m		Carrying value £m		Fair value £m		Carrying value £m
Assets
Loans and advances to banks		2,409		2,410		3,451		3,463
Loans and advances to customers		203,578		200,950		201,667		199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		13,616		13,611		2,612		2,614
Financial investments		7,121		7,305		8,646		8,758
Assets held for sale(1)		1,733		1,752		–		–
		228,457		226,028		216,376		214,175
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		15,667		15,655		12,721		12,708
Deposits by customers		175,990		175,885		183,227		183,146
Repurchase agreements- non trading		17,504		17,447		1,648		1,578
Debt securities in issue		47,252		46,004		44,296		42,633
Subordinated liabilities		4,120		3,758		4,256		3,793
Liabilities held for sale(1)		5,756		5,756		–		–
		266,289		264,505		246,148		243,858

(1) Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are measured in accordance with IFRS 9; any assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value are included in the fair value table in section (c) below.

c) Fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017, analysed by their levels in the fair value hierarchy – Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2018								31 December 2017
		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Valuation technique
Assets
Trading assets	Securities purchased under resale agreements		–		3,740		–		3,740		–		8,870		–		8,870		A
	Debt securities		–		–		–		–		5,156		–		–		5,156		–
	Equity securities		8,264		–		–		8,264		9,662		–		–		9,662		–
	Cash collateral		–		7,082		–		7,082		–		6,156		–		6,156		A
	Short-term loans		35		37		–		72		656		55		–		711		A
			8,299		10,859		–		19,158		15,474		15,081		–		30,555
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		2,427		2		2,429		–		6,061		16		6,077		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		610		–		610		–		12,956		12		12,968		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		739		60		799		–		861		36		897		B & D
			–		3,776		62		3,838		–		19,878		64		19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	Loans and advances to customers		–		1,604		71		1,675		–		1,485		64		1,549		A
	Debt securities		189		677		153		1,019		184		187		176		547		A & B
	Equity securities		16		–		–		16										B
			205		2,281		224		2,710		184		1,672		240		2,096
Financial investments	FVOCI – debt securities		12,807		699		–		13,506										D
	FVOCI – loans and advances to customers		–		–		175		175										D
	Available-for-sale – debt securities										8,770		2		–		8,772		C
	Available-for-sale – equity securities										19		9		53		81		B
			12,807		699		175		13,681		8,789		11		53		8,853
Assets held for sale(1)			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–
Total assets at fair value			23,277		37,985		609		61,871		24,447		36,642		357		61,446
Liabilities
Trading liabilities	Securities sold repurchase agreements		–		5,612		–		5,612		–		25,504		–		25,504		A
	Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		–		–		190		3,694		–		–		3,694		–
	Cash collateral		–		2,573		–		2,573		–		1,911		–		1,911		A
			190		8,185		–		8,375		3,694		27,415		–		31,109
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		421		–		421		–		4,176		15		4,191		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		603		–		603		–		12,720		5		12,725		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		404		38		442		1		653		43		697		B & D
			–		1,428		38		1,466		1		17,549		63		17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value	Debt securities in issue		–		1,089		6		1,095		–		1,629		6		1,635		A
	Structured deposits		–		143		–		143		–		680		–		680		A
			–		1,232		6		1,238		–		2,309		6		2,315
Liabilities held for sale(1)			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–
Total liabilities at fair value			2,032		29,851		45		31,928		3,695		47,273		69		51,037

(1) Includes assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

During H118, there were no significant transfers of financial instruments between Levels 1, 2 and 3 in the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers during 2017 as disclosed in Note 37(d) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

d) Valuation techniques

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments are disclosed in Note 37(e) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. The Santander UK group did not make any material changes to the valuation techniques and internal models it used during H118.

e) Fair value adjustments

The internal models incorporate assumptions that the Santander UK group believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. Fair value adjustments are adopted when the Santander UK group considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated in the valuation model. The Santander UK group classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The fair value adjustments form part of the portfolio fair value and are included in the balance sheet values of the product types to which they have been applied. The majority of these adjustments relate to Corporate & Investment Banking. The magnitude and types of fair value adjustment adopted by Corporate & Investment Banking are listed in the following table:

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Risk-related:
– Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments		27		34
– Uncertainty		37		43
– Credit risk adjustment		19		36
– Funding fair value adjustment		9		6
		92		119
Model-related		9		8
Day One profit		–		1
		101		128

Risk-related adjustments

Risk-related adjustments are driven, in part, by the magnitude of the Santander UK group’s market or credit risk exposure, and by external market factors, such as the size of market spreads. For further details, see the ‘Risk-related adjustments’ section in Note 37 (f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

f) Internal models based on information other than market data (Level 3)

Valuation techniques

There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques as set out in Note 37(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report, except as follows. The changes to the classification and measurement of financial assets on transition to IFRS 9 as set out in Note 25 resulted in some loans and advances to customers, primarily consisting of utilities and shipping counterparties, being reclassified from amortised cost to FVTPL and/or FVOCI. These included loans classified as Level 3 and with a fair value of £285m at 1 January 2018. The fair value of these loans is estimated using the ‘present value’ model based on a credit curve derived from current market spreads. Loan specific credit data is unobservable, so a proxy population is applied based on industry sector and credit rating.

The following table shows the movement in the period of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

	Assets														Liabilities
	Derivatives £m			Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss £m			Financial investments £m			Assets held for sale £m		Total £m			Derivatives £m			Financial liabilities designated at fair value £m			Liabilities held for sale £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		64			240			53			–		357			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9		–			139			146			–		285			–			–			–			–
At 1 January 2018		64			379			199			–		642			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		26			(5	)		(4	)		–		17			4			–			–			4
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Transfers in		–			19			–			–		19			–			–			–			–
Transfer to held for sale		(2	)		(146	)		–			148		–			1			–			(1	)		–
Additions		–			–			17			–		17			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(23	)		–			–		(23	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(21	)		–			(37	)		–		(58	)		15			–			–			15
At 30 June 2018		62			224			175			148		609			(38	)		(6	)		(1	)		(45	)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		21			(5	)		(4	)		–		12			9			–			–			9
At 1 January 2017		103			264			32			–		399			(74	)		(6	)		–			(80	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		6			(9	)		–			–		(3	)		(7	)		–			–			(7	)
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		–			–			9			–		9			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(3	)		–			–		(3	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(9	)		–			–			–		(9	)		7			–			–			7
At 30 June 2017		95			252			41			–		388			(69	)		(6	)		–			(75	)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		1			(9	)		–			–		(8	)		(2	)		–			–			(2	)

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives (Level 3)

Other than as described above, there has been no significant change to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities used in Level 3 fair values as set out in Note 37(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

XML

Related Party Disclosures

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Related Party Disclosures

24. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Related party transactions in H118 were made in the ordinary course of business, except those carried out with Banco Santander SA as part of our ring-fencing plans, on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties, and within limits acceptable to the PRA. Such transactions do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any unfavourable features. In addition, transactions with pension schemes operated by the Santander UK group are described in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

At 30 June 2018, amounts owed by related parties increased to £14,509m (2017: £5,683m) and amounts owed to related parties increased to £23,663m (2017: £13,467m) principally due to the transfer of third party derivative balances to Banco Santander SA as part of our ring-fencing plans. In addition, and following Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme on 11 and 12 June 2018, there were further business transfers to the Banco Santander SA group in July 2018. For more on this, see Note 26 and Note 27.

XML

Transition to IFRS 9

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Transition to IFRS 9

25. TRANSITION TO IFRS 9

i) IAS 39 to IFRS 9 reconciliations

Statutory balance sheet reconciliation under IAS 39 and IFRS 9

The measurement categories and carrying amounts of financial assets determined in accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9 are compared below, illustrating a total net assets decrease of £192m as a result of the application of IFRS 9:

	IAS 39									IFRS 9
Assets	Measurement category	Carrying amount (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications(1) £m			Remeasurement(2) £m			Measurement category	Carrying amount (1 January 2018) £m		Re-presentation(3) £m			IFRS 9 Balance Sheet (1 January 2018) £m
Cash and balances with central banks	Loans & receivables		32,771		–			–		Amortised cost		32,771		–			32,771
Trading assets	FVTPL		30,536		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		30,536		–			30,536
	FVTPL		19		–			–		FVOCI		19		(19	)		–
			30,555		–			–				30,555		(19	)		30,536
Derivative financial instruments	FVTPL (Trading)		19,942		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		19,942		–			19,942
Financial assets designated at fair value(4)	FVTPL (Designated)		1,022		(45	)		–		Amortised cost		977		(977	)		–
	FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			–		FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			836
	FVTPL (Designated)		238		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		238		1,181			1,419
			2,096		(45	)		–				2,051		204			2,255
Loans and advances to banks	Loans & receivables		3,463		–			–		Amortised cost		3,463		–			3,463
Loans and advances to customers(5)	Loans & receivables		199,218		–			(211	)	Amortised cost		199,007		977			199,984
	Loans & receivables		181		(1	)		–		FVOCI		180		(180	)		–
	Loans & receivables		91		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		91		(91	)		–
			199,490		(1	)		(211	)			199,278		706			199,984
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading	Loans & receivables		2,464		–			–		Amortised cost		2,464					2,464
Financial investments	Loans & receivables		1,198		–			–		Amortised cost		1,198		–			1,198
	Loans & receivables		982		(2	)		–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		980		(980	)		–
	Available-for-sale financial assets		8,743		–			–		FVOCI		8,743		199			8,942
	Available-for-sale financial assets		29		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		29		(29	)		–
	Held-to-maturity investments		6,578		–			–		Amortised cost		6,578		–			6,578
	Available-for-sale financial assets		81		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		81		(81	)		–
			17,611		(2	)		–				17,609		(891	)		16,718
Other assets	Other assets		6,373		(1	)		–		Other assets		6,372		–			6,372
Total assets (pre-deferred tax asset)(6)			314,765		(49	)		(211	)			314,505		–			314,505

(1) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact on assets resulting from facilities impacted by the IFRS 9 classification and measurement rules.

(2) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact of facilities that had an incurred loss under IAS 39, and now have an ECL under IFRS 9; and facilities that have been reclassified from a non-amortised cost basis to an amortised cost basis. There is no loss allowance movement attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(3) This column captures the balance sheet category re-presentations resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9. Loans and receivables amounting to £1,071m and available-for-sale financial assets amounting to £110m that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics are mandatorily measured at FVTPL and were moved from financial investments to other financial assets at FVTPL. Social housing loans amounting to £977m were reclassified to amortised cost on adoption of IFRS 9 and, consequently, were moved from other financial assets at FVTPL to loans and advances to customers. £19m and £180m of other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers respectively, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

(4) The balance sheet category for ‘Financial assets designated at fair value’ has been changed to ‘Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ following the adoption of IFRS 9.

(5) Of the £211m of increase in loss allowance, £6m relates to ECL on financial guarantee contracts, which for presentation purposes have been aggregated in the assets section. See loss allowance reconciliation table below.

(6) The impact of transition to IFRS 9 gives rise to a deferred tax asset of £68m, of which £14m is attributable to Reclassifications, and £54m to Remeasurement. This deferred tax asset will be offset against our deferred tax liabilities.

Loss allowance reconciliation (on adoption of IFRS 9)

	Loss allowance under IAS 39/ provisions under IAS 37 (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications £m		Re-measurement £m		Loss allowance under IFRS 9 (1 January 2018) £m
Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS 9)(1)
Loans and advances to customers		940		–		205		1,145
Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9)(2)
Financial guarantees		–		–		6		6
Total		940		–		211		1,151

(1) For financial instruments subject to incurred loss assessment under IAS 39, and amortised cost under IFRS 9. There are no loss allowance movements attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(2) The ECL for off-balance sheet commitments which are both identifiable from ECL on total exposures, and for which were previously within the scope of IAS 37 and now within the scope of IFRS 9.

Reserves and retained earnings

	Impact at 1 January 2018 £m
Closing retained earnings and reserves under IAS 39		5,033
Other reserves
Closing balance under IAS 39(1)		301
Reclassification of investment securities (debt and equity) from AFS to FVTPL(2)		(5	)
Opening balance under IFRS 9(3)		296
Retained earnings
Closing balance under IAS 39		4,732
Reclassification under IFRS 9		(44	)
Recognition of expected credit losses under IFRS 9		(211	)
Deferred tax asset		68
Opening balance under IFRS 9		4,545
Opening retained earnings and reserves under IFRS 9		4,841

(1) Other reserves consists of the following components under IAS 39: £68m of available-for-sale reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves. The available-for-sale reserve becomes the fair value reserve under IFRS 9.

(2) Consists of loans and receivables which have transferred to FVOCI, and equity instruments which have transferred from available-for-sale financial assets to non-trading financial assets held mandatorily at FVTPL.

(3) Other reserves consists of the following components under IFRS 9: £63m of fair value reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves.

ii) IFRS 9 areas of significant management judgement

Classification and measurement

IFRS 9 requires that all financial assets are subsequently measured at AC, FVOCI or FVTPL based on the business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. The business model assessment is an area of significant judgement as it depends upon facts and circumstances and the intentions of an entity in relation to particular investments.

ECL impairment methodology

We have made a number of management judgements around subjective elements and inputs in order to implement ECL capabilities in the organisation. Some of these judgements pertain to decisions made throughout the design and build of ECL methodology, and others to the application of ECL methodology. Whilst only the latter category will be subject to periodic monitoring and review at subsequent reporting intervals, all of these judgements – to varying degrees – give rise to inherent measurement uncertainty in our reportable ECL.

The main design and build judgements, subject to ad-hoc review, are

- The definition of default: for IFRS 9 purposes, we use the same default criteria as for the regulatory capital models, or a similar definition if not an IRB portfolio;

- SICR – PD at origination: where we have experienced limitations on the availability of origination data, we have made certain proxy assumptions. In these cases, we make adjustments to the PD at the proxy origination date to account for the possibility of the PD already being increased since the actual origination. We consider such adjustments immaterial;

- Lifetime periods: to mitigate the computational overhead of running all portfolios out to their natural lifetime, we apply restrictions to certain portfolios with a high volume of accounts (e.g. mortgages and overdrafts on bank accounts). The life of each facility type is the point when the monthly increase in ECL becomes zero or de minimis; and

- Effective Interest Rate (EIR): for the majority of our portfolios, the income recognition EIRs that are calculated under IAS 39 are used as the discount factor in the IFRS 9 ECL calculations. Retail EIRs are based on behavioural cash flows, whereas corporate EIRs use contractual cash flows with an adjustment factor to take account of prepayments.

The main application judgements are included in the ‘Critical accounting policies and areas of significant management judgement’ section, in the ‘Accounting policies’.

We will further assess our measurement uncertainty and sensitivity to changes in economic credit conditions throughout the course of 2018, and anticipate providing our expected inherent quantitative impacts of such management judgements in our 2018 Annual Report. The form and content of such disclosure will be guided by the outcomes of the PRA Taskforce on Disclosures about ECL in which we participate.

XML

Ring-Fencing

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Ring-Fencing

26. RING-FENCING

We have made significant progress in the implementation of our ring-fence structure this year ahead of the 1 January 2019 ring-fencing legislation deadline.

Our model ensures minimal customer disruption and maintains longer-term flexibility. The majority of our customer loans and assets as well as customer deposits and liabilities will remain within Santander UK plc, our principal ring-fenced bank. Prohibited businesses which cannot be transacted within the ring-fence include our derivatives business with financial institutions and certain corporates and elements of our short-term markets business, and will be transferred to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander. A small amount of residual activity or businesses which, for legal or operational reasons cannot remain inside the ring-fence and cannot be transferred, will remain in the Santander UK group, outside the ring-fence bank. This includes legacy contracts, the employee Sharesave scheme and offshore deposits.

Our transition to a ‘wide’ ring-fence structure to serve our retail, commercial and corporate customers is now approaching completion following the achievement of several major milestones. We received Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme at the Part VII Sanctions Hearing, which took place on 11 and 12 June 2018.

In June 2018, we transferred customer loans totalling £0.7bn from CIB to Banco Santander London Branch. The remaining transfers to Banco Santander London Branch or Banco Santander were completed in July 2018. Furthermore, planned novations were finalised before the Part VII migrations, and short-term funding activity has now been transferred to Santander UK plc from Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

XML

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

27. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE

Following Court approval of our Ring-Fence Transfer Scheme on 11 and 12 June 2018, management considered the related business transfers to be highly probable at 30 June 2018. As such, the Santander UK group reclassified the following assets and liabilities as held for sale:

– The prohibited business of Abbey National Treasury Services plc, save for a small pool of residual assets, which mainly included our derivatives business with financial institutions, certain corporates and our gilt-edged market making business. These were transferred to the Banco Santander SA group in July 2018.

– The business of the Crown Dependency branches (Jersey and Isle of Man) of Santander UK plc. These will be transferred outside the Santander UK plc group pursuant to transfer schemes effected under relevant Jersey and Isle of Man law.

– A small pool of residual assets that will remain in Abbey National Treasury Services plc. Santander UK Group Holdings plc will acquire 100% of the ordinary share capital of Abbey National plc from Santander UK plc.

– The assets and liabilities of Santander Equity Investments Limited and its subsidiaries. Santander UK Group Holdings plc will acquire the entire share capital of Santander Equity Investments Limited.

At 30 June 2018 these assets and liabilities comprised:

	Net assets held for sale £m
Assets
Trading assets		1,967
Derivative financial instruments		19,694
Other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss		823
Loans and advances to banks		506
Loans and advances to customers		1,068
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		74
Financial investments		104
Other assets		5
Total assets held for sale		24,241
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		31
Deposits by customers		5,725
Trading liabilities		1,842
Derivative financial instruments		19,007
Other liabilities		11
Total liabilities held for sale		26,616
Net liabilities held for sale		(2,375	)

These business transfers have been, or will be, made for a cash consideration equivalent to the book value of the associated assets and liabilities, which represents a fair value for the Santander UK group. Costs to sell are expected to be immaterial.

XML

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

28. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

In July 2018, as part of our ring-fencing plans, the Santander UK group transferred £22.9bn of assets and £20.7bn of liabilities to the Banco Santander group. These comprised the prohibited business of Abbey National Treasury Services plc, save for a small pool of residual assets. For more details, see Note 27.

XML

Accounting Policies (Policies)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Critical Accounting Policies and Areas of Significant Management Judgement

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND AREAS OF SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT JUDGEMENT

The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The introduction of IFRS 9 has given rise to areas of significant management judgement in respect of the ECL impairment methodology and these are explained further below. There have been no other significant changes in the basis upon which estimates and judgements have been determined compared to that applied in the 2017 Annual Report.

XML

Segments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Results by Segment

Half year to 30 June 2018	Retail         Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income/(expense)		1,587			204			33			(13	)		1,811
Non-interest income/(expense)		305			40			171			(15	)		501
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(965	)		(135	)		(150	)		(33	)		(1,283	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(52	)		(22	)		(18	)		1			(91	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(33	)		7			(2	)		(5	)		(33	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(85	)		(15	)		(20	)		(4	)		(124	)
Profit/(loss) before tax		842			94			34			(65	)		905
Revenue from external customers		2,170			319			233			(410	)		2,312
Inter-segment revenue		(278	)		(75	)		(29	)		382			–
Total operating income/(expense)		1,892			244			204			(28	)		2,312
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		311			13			14			–			338
- Insurance, protection and investments		46			–			–			–			46
- Credit cards		45			–			–			–			45
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		73			28			49			5			155
Total fee and commission income(3)		475			41			63			5			584
Total assets(4)		177,374			19,028			55,482			64,748			316,632
Of which assets held for sale		306			–			23,814			121			24,241
Total liabilities		148,846			17,064			49,884			84,269			300,063
Of which liabilities held for sale		5,735			–			20,867			15			26,617
Half year to 30 June 2017(5)	Retail Banking £m			Commercial Banking £m			Corporate & Investment Banking £m			Corporate Centre £m			Total £m
Net interest income		1,657			191			33			41			1,922
Non-interest income		300			37			201			53			591
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges		(919	)		(109	)		(145	)		(42	)		(1,215	)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases		(39	)		(3	)		(9	)		3			(48	)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges		(155	)		(29	)		–			(2	)		(186	)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases		(194	)		(32	)		(9	)		1			(234	)
Profit before tax		844			87			80			53			1,064
Revenue from external customers		2,272			318			279			(356	)		2,513
Inter-segment revenue		(315	)		(90	)		(45	)		450			–
Total operating income		1,957			228			234			94			2,513
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by income type:(1)
- Current account and debit card fees		330			14			13			–			357
- Insurance, protection and investments		48			–			–			–			48
- Credit cards		44			–			–			–			44
- Non-banking and other fees(2)		65			30			65			–			160
Total fee and commission income(3)		487			44			78			–			609
31 December 2017
Total assets(4)		174,524			19,391			51,078			69,772			314,765
Total liabilities		150,847			18,697			45,603			83,413			298,560

(1) The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2) Non-banking and other fees include mortgages, consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance

(3) The majority of fee and commission income is recognised at a point in time. Certain commitment, upfront and management fees are recognised over time but are not material. Insurance commissions and associated income are recognised over time in accordance with the accounting policy described in Note 1 to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(4) Includes customer loans, net of impairment loss allowances.

(5) Restated on the same basis as described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report.

XML

Net Trading and Other Income (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Net Trading and Other Income

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Net trading and other income		121		182

XML

Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m		Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Staff costs		691		566
Other administration expenses		411		493
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment		181		156
		1,283		1,215

XML

Credit Impairment Losses and Provisions (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Impairment Losses and Provisions

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Credit Impairment losses:
Loans and advances to customers (See Note 11)		102			76
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs (See Note 11)		(21	)		(28	)
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 19)		10
		91			48
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 19)		33			181
Provisions for residual value and voluntary termination (See Note 11)		–			5
		33			186
		124			234

XML

Taxation (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Schedule of Tax on Profit Before Tax Differs from Theoretical Amount that Arise Using Basic Corporation Tax Rate

	Half year to           30 June 2018 £m			Half year to     30 June 2017 £m
Profit before tax		905			1,064
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 19% (H117: 19.25%)		172			205
Bank surcharge on profits		64			77
Non-deductible preference dividends paid		5			5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy		13			18
Non-deductible conduct remediation		(2	)		16
Net disallowable items and non-taxable income		10			12
Adjustment to prior period provisions		(6	)		(10	)
Tax charge		256			323

XML

Trading Assets (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Disclosure of Trading Assets

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities purchased under resale agreements		3,740		8,870
Debt securities		–		5,156
Equity securities		8,264		9,662
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		7,082		6,156
Short-term loans		72		711
		19,158		30,555

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Notional Amounts and Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments

			30 June 2018						31 December 2017
			Fair value						Fair value
	Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m		Notional amount £m		Assets £m		Liabilities £m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts		9,481		406		334		144,160		2,559		4,130
Interest rate contracts		74,493		482		3		863,151		11,612		11,140
Equity and credit contracts		12,776		799		440		19,814		888		693
Total derivatives held for trading		96,750		1,687		777		1,027,125		15,059		15,963
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		3,339		332		–		2,641		312		6
Interest rate contracts		70,066		7		423		59,610		1,272		1,470
Equity derivative contracts		–		–		–		16		–		4
		73,405		339		423		62,267		1,584		1,480
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts		27,603		1,691		87		23,117		3,206		55
Interest rate contracts		23,992		121		177		12,884		84		115
Equity derivative contracts		50		–		2		26		9		–
		51,645		1,812		266		36,027		3,299		170
Total derivatives held for hedging		125,050		2,151		689		98,294		4,883		1,650
Total derivative financial instruments		221,800		3,838		1,466		1,125,419		19,942		17,613

XML

Loans and Advances to Banks (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Loans and Advances to Banks

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to banks		2,410		3,463

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Net Loans and Advances to Customers

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Loans and advances to customers		200,471			199,151
Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures		1,344			1,199
Amounts due from Santander UK Group Holdings plc		–			8
Loans and advances to customers		201,815			200,358
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers		(792	)		(940	)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions		(73	)		(78	)
Net loans and advances to customers		200,950			199,340

Summary of Movement in Impairment Loss Allowances

Movement in credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances:

	Loans secured on residential properties £m			Corporate loans £m			Finance leases £m			Other unsecured loans £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		225			490			46			179			940
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)		47			99			11			54			211
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures(2)		(3	)		(25	)		–			(22	)		(50	)
At 1 January 2018		269			564			57			211			1,101
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(13	)		24			17			74			102
Write-offs and other items(1)		(7	)		(318	)		(15	)		(71	)		(411	)
At 30 June 2018		249			270			59			214			792
Recoveries, net of collection costs		1			1			3			16			21
At 1 January 2017		279			382			45			215			921
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(18	)		12			17			65			76
Write-offs and other items(1)		(10	)		(38	)		(16	)		(69	)		(133	)
At 30 June 2017		251			356			46			211			864
Recoveries, net of collection costs		2			1			4			21			28

(1) Mortgage write-offs exclude the effect of the unwind over time of the discounting in estimating losses, as described in the accounting policy ‘Impairment of financial assets’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report. Mortgage write-offs including this effect were £8m (H117: £11m).

(2) This relates to ECL on undrawn exposures following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Gross Asset Securitised

The gross assets securitised at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017 under the structures described below were:

	Gross assets securitised
	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Master trust structures:
– Holmes		3,788		4,299
– Fosse		5,167		5,732
– Langton		3,433		3,893
		12,388		13,924
Other securitisation structures:
– Motor		1,146		1,318
– Auto ABS UK Loans		1,480		1,498
		2,626		2,816
Total		15,014		16,740

XML

Financial Investments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Financial Investments

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Amortised cost:
– Asset backed securities		761		2,180
– Debt securities(1)		6,544		6,578
		7,305		8,758
FVOCI:
– Debt securities		13,506
– Loans and advances to customers(2)		175
		13,681
Available-for-sale:
– Debt securities				8,772
– Equity securities				81
				8,853
		20,986		17,611

(1) These securities were previously classified as held-to-maturity investments under IAS 39. See Note 25.

(2) These comprise other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models that were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers at amortised cost, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

XML

Deposits by Banks (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Schedule of Deposits by Banks

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Items in the course of transmission		326		303
Deposits held as collateral		2,408		1,760
Other deposits(1)		12,921		10,645
		15,655		12,708

(1) Includes drawdown from the Term Funding Scheme of £10.8bn (2017: £8.5bn).

XML

Deposits by Customers (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Schedule of Deposits by Customers

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Current and demand accounts – interest-bearing		84,656		85,749
– non-interest-bearing		2		2
Savings accounts(1)		65,033		70,461
Time deposits		17,358		19,951
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)		8,301		6,256
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries		535		727
		175,885		183,146

(1) Includes equity index-linked deposits of £1,232m (2017: £1,301m). The capital amount guaranteed/protected and the amount of return guaranteed in respect of the equity index-linked deposits were £1,232m and £44m (2017: £1,301m and £67m) respectively.

(2) Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

XML

Trading Liabilities (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Schedule of Trading Liabilities

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Securities sold under repurchase agreements		5,612		25,504
Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		3,694
Cash collateral associated with trading balances		2,573		1,911
		8,375		31,109

XML

Debt Securities in Issue (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Debt Securities in Issue

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Medium-term notes		21,950		18,002
Covered bond programme		16,017		15,799
Certificates of deposit		3,304		4,681
Credit Linked Notes		43		43
Securitisation programmes		4,690		4,108
		46,004		42,633

XML

Provisions (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Provisions Reconciliation

	Conduct remediation
	PPI £m			Wealth and Investment £m			Other products £m			Regulatory- related £m			Vacant property £m			Other(1) £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		356			3			44			57			39			59			558
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures		–			–			–			–			–			50	(2)		50
At 1 January 2018		356			3			44			57			39			109			608
Additional provisions		–			–			–			–			11			64			75
Provisions released		–			(3	)		(11	)		(4	)		–			(14	)		(32	)
Utilisation		(55	)		–			(2	)		(37	)		(7	)		(46	)		(147	)
At 30 June 2018		301			–			31			16			43			113			504
At 1 January 2017		457			22			14			96			47			64			700
Additional provisions		69			–			35			2			6			69			181
Utilisation		(121	)		(27	)		(2	)		(53	)		(5	)		(87	)		(295	)
Transfers		–			9			–			–			–			–			9
At 30 June 2017		405			4			47			45			48			46			595

(1) At 30 June 2018 this included £53m (2017: £59m) in respect of operational loss and operational risk provisions, restructuring charges and litigation and related expenses. It also included £60m in respect of credit impairment losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties and undrawn loan commitments. See Note 5 for details of the income statement charge.

(2) This relates to ECL on loan commitments following the adoption of a methodology to enable its separate identification from ECL on drawn exposures.

Summary of Key Drivers of PPI Provision Balance and Forecast Assumptions Used in Calculating Provision

The table below sets out the key drivers of the provision balance and forecast assumptions used in calculating the PPI provision, as well as the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the assumptions. It reflects a balanced view across all retail products and portfolios and includes redress for Plevin-related claims.

	Cumulative to 30 June 2018		Future expected		Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision
Inbound complaints(1) (‘000)		1,858		436		25 = £12.3m
Outbound contact (‘000)		488		292		25 = £5.4m
Response rate to outbound contact		55%		90%		1% = £1.0m
Average uphold rate per claim(2)		44%		72%		1% = £2.7m
Average redress per claim(3)		£1,363		£537		£100 = £50.5m

(1) Includes all claims received regardless of whether we expect to make a payment; i.e. regardless of the likelihood of the Santander UK group incurring a liability. Excludes claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2) Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

(3) The future expected average redress per claim is lower than the cumulative average to date due to the inclusion of Plevin cases in the provision, as well as a shift in the complaint mix to a greater proportion of storecards, which typically held lower average balances.

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Retirement Benefit Plans

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2018 £m			31 December 2017 £m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – surplus		868			449
Funded defined benefit pension scheme – deficit		(69	)		(245	)
Unfunded defined benefit pension scheme		(39	)		(41	)
Total net assets		760			163

Summary of Movements in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations and Fair Value of Scheme Assets

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations and fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

	30 June 2018						30 June 2017
	Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m			Present value of defined benefit obligations £m			Fair value of scheme assets £m
At 1 January		(11,583	)		11,746			(11,082	)		11,218
Income statement (charge) / income		(167	)		145			(182	)		156
Contributions paid		–			90			–			91
Recognised in other comprehensive income:
– Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)		–			(72	)		–			85
– Actuarial movements arising from experience adjustments		(39	)		–			11			–
– Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions		640			–			(17	)		–
Benefits paid		221			(221	)		191			(191	)
At 30 June		(10,928	)		11,688			(11,079	)		11,359

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Guarantees given to third parties		1,666		1,557
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments		40,425		41,942
		42,091		43,499

XML

Financial Instruments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Fair Values of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortised Cost

	30 June2018				31 December 2017
	Fair value £m		Carrying value £m		Fair value £m		Carrying value £m
Assets
Loans and advances to banks		2,409		2,410		3,451		3,463
Loans and advances to customers		203,578		200,950		201,667		199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		13,616		13,611		2,612		2,614
Financial investments		7,121		7,305		8,646		8,758
Assets held for sale(1)		1,733		1,752		–		–
		228,457		226,028		216,376		214,175
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		15,667		15,655		12,721		12,708
Deposits by customers		175,990		175,885		183,227		183,146
Repurchase agreements- non trading		17,504		17,447		1,648		1,578
Debt securities in issue		47,252		46,004		44,296		42,633
Subordinated liabilities		4,120		3,758		4,256		3,793
Liabilities held for sale(1)		5,756		5,756		–		–
		266,289		264,505		246,148		243,858

(1) Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are measured in accordance with IFRS 9; any assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value are included in the fair value table in section (c) below.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2017, analysed by their levels in the fair value hierarchy – Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2018								31 December 2017
		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Level 1 £m		Level 2 £m		Level 3 £m		Total £m		Valuation technique
Assets
Trading assets	Securities purchased under resale agreements		–		3,740		–		3,740		–		8,870		–		8,870		A
	Debt securities		–		–		–		–		5,156		–		–		5,156		–
	Equity securities		8,264		–		–		8,264		9,662		–		–		9,662		–
	Cash collateral		–		7,082		–		7,082		–		6,156		–		6,156		A
	Short-term loans		35		37		–		72		656		55		–		711		A
			8,299		10,859		–		19,158		15,474		15,081		–		30,555
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		2,427		2		2,429		–		6,061		16		6,077		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		610		–		610		–		12,956		12		12,968		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		739		60		799		–		861		36		897		B & D
			–		3,776		62		3,838		–		19,878		64		19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	Loans and advances to customers		–		1,604		71		1,675		–		1,485		64		1,549		A
	Debt securities		189		677		153		1,019		184		187		176		547		A & B
	Equity securities		16		–		–		16										B
			205		2,281		224		2,710		184		1,672		240		2,096
Financial investments	FVOCI – debt securities		12,807		699		–		13,506										D
	FVOCI – loans and advances to customers		–		–		175		175										D
	Available-for-sale – debt securities										8,770		2		–		8,772		C
	Available-for-sale – equity securities										19		9		53		81		B
			12,807		699		175		13,681		8,789		11		53		8,853
Assets held for sale(1)			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,966		20,370		148		22,484		–		–		–		–
Total assets at fair value			23,277		37,985		609		61,871		24,447		36,642		357		61,446
Liabilities
Trading liabilities	Securities sold repurchase agreements		–		5,612		–		5,612		–		25,504		–		25,504		A
	Short positions in securities and unsettled trades		190		–		–		190		3,694		–		–		3,694		–
	Cash collateral		–		2,573		–		2,573		–		1,911		–		1,911		A
			190		8,185		–		8,375		3,694		27,415		–		31,109
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts		–		421		–		421		–		4,176		15		4,191		A
	Interest rate contracts		–		603		–		603		–		12,720		5		12,725		A & C
	Equity and credit contracts		–		404		38		442		1		653		43		697		B & D
			–		1,428		38		1,466		1		17,549		63		17,613
Financial liabilities designated at fair value	Debt securities in issue		–		1,089		6		1,095		–		1,629		6		1,635		A
	Structured deposits		–		143		–		143		–		680		–		680		A
			–		1,232		6		1,238		–		2,309		6		2,315
Liabilities held for sale(1)			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–		A, B, C & D
			1,842		19,006		1		20,849		–		–		–		–
Total liabilities at fair value			2,032		29,851		45		31,928		3,695		47,273		69		51,037

(1) Includes assets and liabilities held for sale which are measured at fair value.

Summary of Fair Value Adjustment

The magnitude and types of fair value adjustment adopted by Corporate & Investment Banking are listed in the following table:

	30 June 2018 £m		31 December 2017 £m
Risk-related:
– Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments		27		34
– Uncertainty		37		43
– Credit risk adjustment		19		36
– Funding fair value adjustment		9		6
		92		119
Model-related		9		8
Day One profit		–		1
		101		128

Movement of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value Using Valuation Technique With Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following table shows the movement in the period of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

	Assets														Liabilities
	Derivatives £m			Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss £m			Financial investments £m			Assets held for sale £m		Total £m			Derivatives £m			Financial liabilities designated at fair value £m			Liabilities held for sale £m			Total £m
At 31 December 2017		64			240			53			–		357			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9		–			139			146			–		285			–			–			–			–
At 1 January 2018		64			379			199			–		642			(63	)		(6	)		–			(69	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		26			(5	)		(4	)		–		17			4			–			–			4
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Transfers in		–			19			–			–		19			–			–			–			–
Transfer to held for sale		(2	)		(146	)		–			148		–			1			–			(1	)		–
Additions		–			–			17			–		17			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(23	)		–			–		(23	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(21	)		–			(37	)		–		(58	)		15			–			–			15
At 30 June 2018		62			224			175			148		609			(38	)		(6	)		(1	)		(45	)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		21			(5	)		(4	)		–		12			9			–			–			9
At 1 January 2017		103			264			32			–		399			(74	)		(6	)		–			(80	)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss:
– Fair value movements		6			(9	)		–			–		(3	)		(7	)		–			–			(7	)
– Foreign exchange and other movements		(5	)		–			–			–		(5	)		5			–			–			5
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		–			–			9			–		9			–			–			–			–
Sales		–			(3	)		–			–		(3	)		–			–			–			–
Settlements		(9	)		–			–			–		(9	)		7			–			–			7
At 30 June 2017		95			252			41			–		388			(69	)		(6	)		–			(75	)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period		1			(9	)		–			–		(8	)		(2	)		–			–			(2	)

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 (Tables) - IFRS 9 [member]

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Summary of Measurement Categories and Carrying Amounts of Financial Assets Determined in Accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9

The measurement categories and carrying amounts of financial assets determined in accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9 are compared below, illustrating a total net assets decrease of £192m as a result of the application of IFRS 9:

	IAS 39									IFRS 9
Assets	Measurement category	Carrying amount (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications(1) £m			Remeasurement(2) £m			Measurement category	Carrying amount (1 January 2018) £m		Re-presentation(3) £m			IFRS 9 Balance Sheet (1 January 2018) £m
Cash and balances with central banks	Loans & receivables		32,771		–			–		Amortised cost		32,771		–			32,771
Trading assets	FVTPL		30,536		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		30,536		–			30,536
	FVTPL		19		–			–		FVOCI		19		(19	)		–
			30,555		–			–				30,555		(19	)		30,536
Derivative financial instruments	FVTPL (Trading)		19,942		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		19,942		–			19,942
Financial assets designated at fair value(4)	FVTPL (Designated)		1,022		(45	)		–		Amortised cost		977		(977	)		–
	FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			–		FVTPL (Designated)		836		–			836
	FVTPL (Designated)		238		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		238		1,181			1,419
			2,096		(45	)		–				2,051		204			2,255
Loans and advances to banks	Loans & receivables		3,463		–			–		Amortised cost		3,463		–			3,463
Loans and advances to customers(5)	Loans & receivables		199,218		–			(211	)	Amortised cost		199,007		977			199,984
	Loans & receivables		181		(1	)		–		FVOCI		180		(180	)		–
	Loans & receivables		91		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		91		(91	)		–
			199,490		(1	)		(211	)			199,278		706			199,984
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading	Loans & receivables		2,464		–			–		Amortised cost		2,464					2,464
Financial investments	Loans & receivables		1,198		–			–		Amortised cost		1,198		–			1,198
	Loans & receivables		982		(2	)		–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		980		(980	)		–
	Available-for-sale financial assets		8,743		–			–		FVOCI		8,743		199			8,942
	Available-for-sale financial assets		29		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		29		(29	)		–
	Held-to-maturity investments		6,578		–			–		Amortised cost		6,578		–			6,578
	Available-for-sale financial assets		81		–			–		FVTPL (Mandatory)		81		(81	)		–
			17,611		(2	)		–				17,609		(891	)		16,718
Other assets	Other assets		6,373		(1	)		–		Other assets		6,372		–			6,372
Total assets (pre-deferred tax asset)(6)			314,765		(49	)		(211	)			314,505		–			314,505

(1) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact on assets resulting from facilities impacted by the IFRS 9 classification and measurement rules.

(2) This column captures the gross (pre-tax) impact of facilities that had an incurred loss under IAS 39, and now have an ECL under IFRS 9; and facilities that have been reclassified from a non-amortised cost basis to an amortised cost basis. There is no loss allowance movement attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(3) This column captures the balance sheet category re-presentations resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9. Loans and receivables amounting to £1,071m and available-for-sale financial assets amounting to £110m that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics are mandatorily measured at FVTPL and were moved from financial investments to other financial assets at FVTPL. Social housing loans amounting to £977m were reclassified to amortised cost on adoption of IFRS 9 and, consequently, were moved from other financial assets at FVTPL to loans and advances to customers. £19m and £180m of other loans and receivables held within hold to collect and sell business models were moved from trading assets and loans and advances to customers respectively, to financial investments, due to their reclassification to FVOCI on adoption of IFRS 9.

(4) The balance sheet category for ‘Financial assets designated at fair value’ has been changed to ‘Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ following the adoption of IFRS 9.

(5) Of the £211m of increase in loss allowance, £6m relates to ECL on financial guarantee contracts, which for presentation purposes have been aggregated in the assets section. See loss allowance reconciliation table below.

(6) The impact of transition to IFRS 9 gives rise to a deferred tax asset of £68m, of which £14m is attributable to Reclassifications, and £54m to Remeasurement. This deferred tax asset will be offset against our deferred tax liabilities.

Summary of Reconciliation of Loss Allowance

Loss allowance reconciliation (on adoption of IFRS 9)

	Loss allowance under IAS 39/ provisions under IAS 37 (31 December 2017) £m		Reclassifications £m		Re-measurement £m		Loss allowance under IFRS 9 (1 January 2018) £m
Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/Financial assets at amortised cost (IFRS 9)(1)
Loans and advances to customers		940		–		205		1,145
Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9)(2)
Financial guarantees		–		–		6		6
Total		940		–		211		1,151

(1) For financial instruments subject to incurred loss assessment under IAS 39, and amortised cost under IFRS 9. There are no loss allowance movements attributable to held-to-maturity investments or available-for-sale financial assets reclassified to amortised cost.

(2) The ECL for off-balance sheet commitments which are both identifiable from ECL on total exposures, and for which were previously within the scope of IAS 37 and now within the scope of IFRS 9.

Summary of Reserves and Retained Earnings

Reserves and retained earnings

	Impact at 1 January 2018 £m
Closing retained earnings and reserves under IAS 39		5,033
Other reserves
Closing balance under IAS 39(1)		301
Reclassification of investment securities (debt and equity) from AFS to FVTPL(2)		(5	)
Opening balance under IFRS 9(3)		296
Retained earnings
Closing balance under IAS 39		4,732
Reclassification under IFRS 9		(44	)
Recognition of expected credit losses under IFRS 9		(211	)
Deferred tax asset		68
Opening balance under IFRS 9		4,545
Opening retained earnings and reserves under IFRS 9		4,841

(1) Other reserves consists of the following components under IAS 39: £68m of available-for-sale reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves. The available-for-sale reserve becomes the fair value reserve under IFRS 9.

(2) Consists of loans and receivables which have transferred to FVOCI, and equity instruments which have transferred from available-for-sale financial assets to non-trading financial assets held mandatorily at FVTPL.

(3) Other reserves consists of the following components under IFRS 9: £63m of fair value reserve, £228m of cash flow hedging reserve, and £5m of foreign currency translation reserves.

XML

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2018

Text block1 [abstract]

Summary of Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

At 30 June 2018 these assets and liabilities comprised:

	Net assets held for sale £m
Assets
Trading assets		1,967
Derivative financial instruments		19,694
Other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss		823
Loans and advances to banks		506
Loans and advances to customers		1,068
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading		74
Financial investments		104
Other assets		5
Total assets held for sale		24,241
Liabilities
Deposits by banks		31
Deposits by customers		5,725
Trading liabilities		1,842
Derivative financial instruments		19,007
Other liabilities		11
Total liabilities held for sale		26,616
Net liabilities held for sale		(2,375	)

XML

Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) - IFRS 9 [member] £ in Millions	Jan. 01, 2018 GBP (£)
Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Disclosure of voluntary change in accounting policy [line items]
Loans and receivables	£ 1,071
Available-for-sale financial assets	110
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Disclosure of voluntary change in accounting policy [line items]
Social housing loans	977
Loans and advances to customers [member] | FVOCI [member]
Disclosure of voluntary change in accounting policy [line items]
Other loans and receivables	180
Trading Assets [member] | FVOCI [member]
Disclosure of voluntary change in accounting policy [line items]
Other loans and receivables	£ 19

XML

Segments - Summary of Results by Segment (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017	Jan. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	£ 1,811	£ 1,922
Non-interest income/(expense)	501	591
Total operating income/(expense)	2,312	2,513
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(1,283)	(1,215)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases	(91)	(48)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(33)	(186)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases	(124)	(234)
Profit before tax	905	1,064
Revenue from external customers	2,312	2,513
Inter-segment revenue	2,312	2,513
Total operating income/(expense)	2,312	2,513
Current account and debit card fees	338	357
Insurance, protection and investments	46	48
Credit cards	45	44
Non-banking and other fees	155	160
Total fee and commission income	584	609
Total assets	316,632		£ 314,505	£ 314,765
Of which assets held for sale	24,241			0
Total liabilities	300,063			298,560
Of which liabilities held for sale	26,616			0
Retail Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	1,587	1,657
Non-interest income/(expense)	305	300
Total operating income/(expense)	1,892	1,957
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(965)	(919)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases	(52)	(39)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(33)	(155)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases	(85)	(194)
Profit before tax	842	844
Revenue from external customers	2,170	2,272
Total operating income/(expense)	1,892	1,957
Current account and debit card fees	311	330
Insurance, protection and investments	46	48
Credit cards	45	44
Non-banking and other fees	73	65
Total fee and commission income	475	487
Total assets	177,374			174,524
Of which assets held for sale	306
Total liabilities	148,846			150,847
Of which liabilities held for sale	5,735
Commercial Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	204	191
Non-interest income/(expense)	40	37
Total operating income/(expense)	244	228
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(135)	(109)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases	(22)	(3)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	7	(29)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases	(15)	(32)
Profit before tax	94	87
Revenue from external customers	319	318
Total operating income/(expense)	244	228
Current account and debit card fees	13	14
Non-banking and other fees	28	30
Total fee and commission income	41	44
Total assets	19,028			19,391
Total liabilities	17,064			18,697
Corporate And Investment Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	33	33
Non-interest income/(expense)	171	201
Total operating income/(expense)	204	234
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(150)	(145)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases	(18)	(9)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(2)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases	(20)	(9)
Profit before tax	34	80
Revenue from external customers	233	279
Total operating income/(expense)	204	234
Current account and debit card fees	14	13
Non-banking and other fees	49	65
Total fee and commission income	63	78
Total assets	55,482			51,078
Of which assets held for sale	23,814
Total liabilities	49,884			45,603
Of which liabilities held for sale	20,867
Corporate Centre [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	(13)	41
Non-interest income/(expense)	(15)	53
Total operating income/(expense)	(28)	94
Operating expenses before credit impairment losses, provisions and charges	(33)	(42)
Credit impairment (losses)/releases	1	3
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(5)	(2)
Total credit impairment losses, provisions and (charges)/releases	(4)	1
Profit before tax	(65)	53
Revenue from external customers	(410)	(356)
Total operating income/(expense)	(28)	94
Non-banking and other fees	5
Total fee and commission income	5
Total assets	64,748			69,772
Of which assets held for sale	121
Total liabilities	84,269			£ 83,413
Of which liabilities held for sale	15
Elimination of Intersegment Amounts [member] | Retail Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue	(278)	(315)
Elimination of Intersegment Amounts [member] | Commercial Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue	(75)	(90)
Elimination of Intersegment Amounts [member] | Corporate And Investment Banking [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue	(29)	(45)
Elimination of Intersegment Amounts [member] | Corporate Centre [member]
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue	£ 382	£ 450

XML

Net Trading and Other Income - Summary of Net Trading and Other Income (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Net Trading And Other Income [Abstract]
Net trading and other income	£ 121	£ 182

XML

Net Trading and Other Income - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	1 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2017	Feb. 09, 2018
7.375% 20 Year Step-up Perpetual Callable Subordinated Notes [member]
Disclosure of subordinated liabilities [line items]
Percentage of notes purchased and redeemed	91.00%
Interest rate	7.375%
Maturity year	20 Year
175m Sterling Fixed/Floating Rate Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities [member]
Disclosure of subordinated liabilities [line items]
Notional amount		£ 175

XML

Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges - Summary of Operating Expenses Before Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Expenses by nature [abstract]
Staff costs	£ 691	£ 566
Other administration expenses	411	493
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment	181	156
Total operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions and charges	£ 1,283	£ 1,215

XML

Credit Impairment Losses and Provisions - Summary of Impairment Losses and Provisions (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of credit impairment loss and provisions [abstract]
Loans and advances to customers (See Note 11)	£ 102	£ 76
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs (See Note 11)	(21)	(28)
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 19)	10
Impairment loss on financial assets	91	48
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 19)	33	181
Provisions for residual value and voluntary termination (See Note 11)	0	5
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	33	186
Total operating impairment losses, provisions and charges	£ 124	£ 234

XML

Credit Impairment Losses and Provisions - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£)	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of credit impairment loss and provisions [abstract]
Impairment losses on loans and advances to banks	£ 0	£ 0
Impairment losses on financial investments	£ 0	£ 0

XML

Taxation - Schedule of Tax on Profit Before Tax Differs from Theoretical Amount that Arise Using Basic Corporation Tax Rate (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Reconciliation of accounting profit multiplied by applicable tax rates [abstract]
Profit before tax	£ 905	£ 1,064
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 19% (H117: 19.25%)	172	205
Bank surcharge on profits	64	77
Non-deductible preference dividends paid	5	5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy	13	18
Non-deductible conduct remediation	(2)	16
Net disallowable items and non-taxable income	10	12
Adjustment to prior period provisions	(6)	(10)
Tax charge	£ 256	£ 323

XML

Taxation - Additional Information (Detail)	6 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2017
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Effective tax rate	28.30%	30.40%
Bank corporation tax surcharge	8.00%		8.00%
Banking Entities [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate	27.00%		27.25%
Non-banking Entities [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate	19.00%		19.25%
Top of Range [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate			20.00%
Bottom of Range [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate			19.00%
Finance (No.2) Act 2015 [member] | Top of Range [member] | Corporation Tax Rate in 2020 [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate	18.00%
Finance (No.2) Act 2016 [member] | Bottom of Range [member] | Corporation Tax Rate in 2020 [member]
Income Tax Expense Benefits [line items]
Applicable tax rate	17.00%

XML

Dividends on Ordinary Shares - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Dividends On Ordinary Shares [Abstract]
Interim dividends paid	£ 250
Interim dividends declared	£ 250	£ 323

XML

Trading Assets - Disclosure of Trading Assets (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	£ 19,158	£ 30,555
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements [member]
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	3,740	8,870
Debt Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	0	5,156
Equity Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	8,264	9,662
Cash Collateral Associated with Trading Balances [member]
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	7,082	6,156
Short-term Loans [member]
Disclosure of financial assets held for trading [line items]
Total trading assets	£ 72	£ 711

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments - Notional Amounts and Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	£ 221,800	£ 1,125,419
Fair value assets	3,838	19,942
Fair value liabilities	1,466	17,613
Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	96,750	1,027,125
Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	125,050	98,294
Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	73,405	62,267
Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	51,645	36,027
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	9,481	144,160
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	3,339	2,641
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	27,603	23,117
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	74,493	863,151
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	70,066	59,610
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	23,992	12,884
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	12,776	19,814
Equity Investments [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	0	16
Equity Investments [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Notional amount	50	26
Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	3,838	19,942
Fair value liabilities	1,466	17,613
Fair Value [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	1,687	15,059
Fair value liabilities	777	15,963
Fair Value [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	2,151	4,883
Fair value liabilities	689	1,650
Fair Value [member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	339	1,584
Fair value liabilities	423	1,480
Fair Value [member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	1,812	3,299
Fair value liabilities	266	170
Fair Value [member] | Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	406	2,559
Fair value liabilities	334	4,130
Fair Value [member] | Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	332	312
Fair value liabilities	0	6
Fair Value [member] | Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	1,691	3,206
Fair value liabilities	87	55
Fair Value [member] | Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	482	11,612
Fair value liabilities	3	11,140
Fair Value [member] | Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	7	1,272
Fair value liabilities	423	1,470
Fair Value [member] | Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	121	84
Fair value liabilities	177	115
Fair Value [member] | Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Derivatives Held for Trading [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	799	888
Fair value liabilities	440	693
Fair Value [member] | Equity Investments [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	0	0
Fair value liabilities	0	4
Fair Value [member] | Equity Investments [Member] | Cash Flow Hedges [member] | Derivatives Held for Hedging [member]
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges [line items]
Fair value assets	0	9
Fair value liabilities	£ 2	£ 0

XML

Loans and Advances to Banks - Summary of Loans and Advances to Banks (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Loans and advances to banks [Abstract]
Loans and advances to banks	£ 2,410	£ 3,463

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers - Summary of Net Loans and Advances to Customers (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Disclosure of loans and advances to customers [line items]
Loans and advances to customers	£ 200,471	£ 199,151
Loans and advances to customers	201,815	200,358
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers	(792)	(940)	£ (864)	£ (921)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions	(73)	(78)
Net loans and advances to customers	200,950	199,340
Fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures [member]
Disclosure of loans and advances to customers [line items]
Amounts due from related parties	£ 1,344	1,199
Santander UK Group Holdings plc [member]
Disclosure of loans and advances to customers [line items]
Amounts due from related parties		£ 8

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers - Summary of Movement in Impairment Loss Allowances (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions		6 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Movement in impairment loss allowances for loan and advances to customers [line items]
Beginning Balance	£ 940	£ 940	£ 921
(Release)/charge to the income statement		102	76
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	211
Write-offs and other items		(411)	(133)
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	(50)
Ending Balance		792	864
Balance on January 1 2018	1,101
Recoveries, net of collection costs		21	28
Advances Secured on Residential Property [member]
Movement in impairment loss allowances for loan and advances to customers [line items]
Beginning Balance	225	225	279
(Release)/charge to the income statement		(13)	(18)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	47
Write-offs and other items		(7)	(10)
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	(3)
Ending Balance		249	251
Balance on January 1 2018	269
Recoveries, net of collection costs		1	2
Corporate Loans [member]
Movement in impairment loss allowances for loan and advances to customers [line items]
Beginning Balance	490	490	382
(Release)/charge to the income statement		24	12
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	99
Write-offs and other items		(318)	(38)
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	(25)
Ending Balance		270	356
Balance on January 1 2018	564
Recoveries, net of collection costs		1	1
Finance leases [member]
Movement in impairment loss allowances for loan and advances to customers [line items]
Beginning Balance	46	46	45
(Release)/charge to the income statement		17	17
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	11
Write-offs and other items		(15)	(16)
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	0
Ending Balance		59	46
Balance on January 1 2018	57
Recoveries, net of collection costs		3	4
Other Unsecured Advances [member]
Movement in impairment loss allowances for loan and advances to customers [line items]
Beginning Balance	179	179	215
(Release)/charge to the income statement		74	65
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9 (see Note 1)	54
Write-offs and other items		(71)	(69)
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	(22)
Ending Balance		214	211
Balance on January 1 2018	£ 211
Recoveries, net of collection costs		£ 16	£ 21

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers - Summary of Movement in Impairment Loss Allowances (Parenthetical) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of impairment loss recognised or reversed [abstract]
Mortgage write-offs of financial assets	£ 8	£ 11

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds - Summary of Gross Asset Securitised (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	£ 15,014	£ 16,740
Master Trust Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	12,388	13,924
Other Securitisation Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	2,626	2,816
Holmes [member] | Master Trust Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	3,788	4,299
Fosse [member] | Master Trust Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	5,167	5,732
Langton [member] | Master Trust Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	3,433	3,893
Motor [member] | Other Securitisation Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	1,146	1,318
Auto ABS UK Loans [member] | Other Securitisation Structures [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Gross asset securitised	£ 1,480	£ 1,498

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Billions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Covered bonds issued	£ 2.4	£ 1.0
Covered bonds redeemed	1.9	1.8
Holmes Master Issuer Plc [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Issue of notes, mortgaged-backed	1.0	0.0
Redemption of securities, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.7
Fosse [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Issue of notes, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.0
Redemption of securities, mortgaged-backed	0.4	0.7
Langton [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Issue of notes, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.0
Redemption of securities, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.0
Motor [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Issue of notes, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.0
Redemption of securities, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.2
Auto ABS UK Loans Plc [member]
Disclosure of gross asset securitised [line items]
Issue of notes, mortgaged-backed	0.0	0.5
Redemption of securities, mortgaged-backed	£ 0.0	£ 0.7

XML

Financial Investments - Summary of Financial Investments (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	£ 20,986	£ 17,611
Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	7,305	8,758
Amortised Cost [member] | Asset-backed Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	761	2,180
Amortised Cost [member] | Debt Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	6,544	6,578
FVOCI [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	13,681
FVOCI [member] | Debt Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	13,506
FVOCI [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments	£ 175
Available-for-Sale [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments		8,853
Available-for-Sale [member] | Debt Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments		8,772
Available-for-Sale [member] | Equity Securities [member]
Disclosure of financial investments [line items]
Financial investments		£ 81

XML

Interests In Other Entities - Additional Information (Detail) £ in Millions			6 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2018 GBP (£) Employees	Feb. 07, 2000 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2018
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Non-cumulative trust preferred securities issued | $		$ 1,000,000,000
Non-cumulative trust preferred securities interest rate		8.963%
Santander Uk Operations Ltd And Santander UK Ttechnology Ltd [member] | Events After Reporting Period [member]
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Ownership interest in trust preferred entities by Santander UK plc	100.00%
Cash consideration	£ 66
Produban servicios informaticos generales SI [member] | Events After Reporting Period [member]
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Cash consideration	£ 13
Santander UK Plc [member] | Events After Reporting Period [member]
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Number of employees transferred | Employees	4,900
Abbey National Capital Trust I [member]
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Ownership interest in trust preferred entities by Santander UK plc			100.00%
Name of subsidiary			Abbey National Capital Trust I
Abbey National Capital LP I [member]
Disclosure of information about unconsolidated subsidiaries [line items]
Ownership interest in trust preferred entities by Santander UK plc			100.00%
Name of subsidiary			Abbey National Capital LP I

XML

Deposits by Banks - Schedule of Deposits by Banks (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of deposits from banks [line items]
Deposits from banks	£ 15,655	£ 12,708
Items in Course of Transmission [member]
Disclosure of deposits from banks [line items]
Deposits from banks	326	303
Deposits Held as Collateral [member]
Disclosure of deposits from banks [line items]
Deposits from banks	2,408	1,760
Other Deposits [member]
Disclosure of deposits from banks [line items]
Deposits from banks	£ 12,921	£ 10,645

XML

Deposits by Banks - Schedule of Deposits by Banks (Parenthetical) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Billions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of deposits from banks [abstract]
Drawdown from TFS	£ 10.8	£ 8.5

XML

Deposits by Customers - Schedule of Deposits by Customers (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	£ 175,885	£ 183,146
Santander UK Group Holdings plc [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	8,301	6,256
Current and Demand Accounts - Interest Bearing [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	84,656	85,749
Current and Demand Accounts - Non-interest Bearing [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	2	2
Savings Accounts [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	65,033	70,461
Time Deposits [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	17,358	19,951
Amounts Due to Fellow Banco Santander Subsidiaries [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	£ 535	£ 727

XML

Deposits by Customers - Schedule of Deposits by Customers (Parenthetical) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	£ 175,885	£ 183,146
Equity Index Linked Deposits [member]
Disclosure of deposits from customers [line items]
Deposits from customers	1,232	1,301
Capital amount guaranteed or protected	1,232	1,301
Capital amount of return guaranteed	£ 44	£ 67

XML

Trading Liabilities - Schedule of Trading Liabilities (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of financial liabilities held for trading [line items]
Trading liabilities	£ 8,375	£ 31,109
Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements [member]
Disclosure of financial liabilities held for trading [line items]
Trading liabilities	5,612	25,504
Short Positions in Securities and Unsettled Trades [member]
Disclosure of financial liabilities held for trading [line items]
Trading liabilities	190	3,694
Cash Collateral Associated with Trading Balances [member]
Disclosure of financial liabilities held for trading [line items]
Trading liabilities	£ 2,573	£ 1,911

XML

Debt Securities In Issue - Summary of Debt Securities in Issue (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	£ 46,004	£ 42,633
Medium Term Notes [member]
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	21,950	18,002
Covered Bond Programme [member]
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	16,017	15,799
Certificates of Deposit [member]
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	3,304	4,681
Credit Linked Note [Member]
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	43	43
Securitisation Programmes [member]
Debt securities in issue [line items]
Debt Securities	£ 4,690	£ 4,108

XML

Provisions - Summary of Provisions Reconciliation (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	£ 558	£ 700
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	50
Balance on January 1 2018	608
Additional provisions	75	181
Provisions released	(32)
Utilisation	(147)	(295)
Transfers		9
Ending balance	504	595
PPI [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	356	457
Balance on January 1 2018	356
Additional provisions		69
Utilisation	(55)	(121)
Ending balance	301	405
Wealth and Investment [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	3	22
Balance on January 1 2018	3
Provisions released	(3)
Utilisation		(27)
Transfers		9
Ending balance		4
Other products [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	44	14
Balance on January 1 2018	44
Additional provisions		35
Provisions released	(11)
Utilisation	(2)	(2)
Ending balance	31	47
Regulatory-Related [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	57	96
Balance on January 1 2018	57
Additional provisions		2
Provisions released	(4)
Utilisation	(37)	(53)
Ending balance	16	45
Vacant Property [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	39	47
Balance on January 1 2018	39
Additional provisions	11	6
Utilisation	(7)	(5)
Ending balance	43	48
Miscellaneous other provisions [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	59	64
Re-allocation of ECL on undrawn exposures	50
Balance on January 1 2018	109
Additional provisions	64	69
Provisions released	(14)
Utilisation	(46)	(87)
Ending balance	£ 113	£ 46

XML

Provisions - Summary of Provisions Reconciliation (Parenthetical) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of other provisions [abstract]
Provisions in respect of operational loss and operational risk provisions, restructuring charges and litigation and related expenses	£ 53	£ 59
Provisions in respect of credit impairment losses for off balance sheet exposures relating to guarantees given to third parties	£ 60

XML

Provisions - Summary of Key Drivers of PPI Provision Balance and Forecast Assumptions Used in Calculating Provision (Detail) - PPI [member]	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018 GBP (£)
Inbound Complaints [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Cumulative to 30 June 2018	1,858,000
Future expected (unaudited)	436,000
Sensitivity analysis number	25
Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision	£ 12,300,000
Outbound Complaints [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Cumulative to 30 June 2018	488,000
Future expected (unaudited)	292,000
Sensitivity analysis number	25
Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision	£ 5,400,000
Response Rate to Outbound Contact [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Cumulative to 30 June 2018	55.00%
Future expected (unaudited)	90.00%
Sensitivity analysis rate	1.00%
Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision	£ 1,000,000
Average Uphold Rate Per Claim [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Cumulative to 30 June 2018	44.00%
Future expected (unaudited)	72.00%
Sensitivity analysis rate	1.00%
Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision	£ 2,700,000
Average Redress Per Claim [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Cumulative to 30 June 2018	1,363
Future expected (unaudited)	537
Sensitivity analysis amount	100
Sensitivity analysis increase/decrease in provision	£ 50,500,000

XML

Provisions - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Provisions	£ 504	£ 558	£ 595	£ 700
Provisions released	(32)
PPI [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Provisions	301	356	405	457
Other products [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Provisions	31	44	47	14
Provisions released	(11)
Miscellaneous other provisions [member]
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Provisions	113	£ 59	£ 46	£ 64
Provisions released	(14)
Additional operational risk losses and restructuring charges	£ 58

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Retirement Benefit Plans (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Assets/(liabilities)
Total net assets	£ 760	£ 163
Unfunded Defined Benefit Pension Scheme [member]
Assets/(liabilities)
Surplus (deficit) in plan	(39)	(41)
Surplus [member] | Funded Defined Benefit Pension Scheme [member]
Assets/(liabilities)
Surplus (deficit) in plan	868	449
Deficit [member] | Funded Defined Benefit Pension Scheme [member]
Assets/(liabilities)
Surplus (deficit) in plan	£ (69)	£ (245)

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of defined benefit plans [abstract]
Defined contribution expense	£ 23	£ 27
Key management personnel expense	None	None
Defined benefit expense	£ 22	£ 23
Actuarial gain on financial assumptions	£ 640

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Movements in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations and Fair Value of Scheme Assets (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Present value of defined benefit obligations [member]
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [line items]
Beginning balance	£ (11,583)	£ (11,082)
Income statement (charge) / income	(167)	(182)
Recognised in other comprehensive income:
- Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	0
- Actuarial movements arising from experience adjustments	(39)	11
- Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions	640	(17)
Benefits paid	221	191
Ending balance	(10,928)	(11,079)
Fair value of scheme assets [member]
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [line items]
Beginning balance	11,746	11,218
Income statement (charge) / income	145	156
Contributions paid	90	91
Recognised in other comprehensive income:
- Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	(72)	85
- Actuarial movements arising from experience adjustments	0
- Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions	0
Benefits paid	(221)	(191)
Ending balance	£ 11,688	£ 11,359

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments - Summary of Contingent Liabilities and Commitments (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of contingent liabilities and commitments [Line Items]
Guarantees and formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	£ 42,091	£ 43,499
Contingent Liability for Guarantees [Member]
Disclosure of contingent liabilities and commitments [Line Items]
Guarantees given to third parties	1,666	1,557
Loan commitments [member]
Disclosure of contingent liabilities and commitments [Line Items]
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	£ 40,425	£ 41,942

XML

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets - Additional Information (Detail) - Securitisations and Covered Bonds [member] - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Mortgage Loans and Other Loans [member]
Disclosure of assets pledged as security [line items]
Total notes issued externally from secured securitisation and covered bond programmes	£ 20,707	£ 19,907
Gross external note issuances from secured programmes	3,375		£ 1,000
Gross external note redemptions from secured programmes	2,318		£ 3,538
Internally Retained [member]
Disclosure of assets pledged as security [line items]
Notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes retained internally	4,006	4,359
Third Party Bilateral Secured Funding Transactions [member]
Disclosure of assets pledged as security [line items]
Assets charged as security for liabilities	1,834	1,834
Santander UK Plc [member]
Disclosure of assets pledged as security [line items]
Gross assets charged as security for liabilities	35,253	36,512
Santander UK Plc [member] | Internally Retained [member]
Disclosure of assets pledged as security [line items]
Internally retained securitisation and covered bond issuances available for creating collateral	£ 502	£ 1,091

XML

Financial Instruments - Analysis of Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortised (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	£ 15,655	£ 12,708
Deposits by customers	175,885	183,146
Repurchase agreements- non trading	17,447	1,578
Debt securities in issue	46,004	42,633
Subordinated liabilities	3,758	3,793
Liabilities held for sale	26,616	0
Loans and advances to banks	2,410	3,463
Loans and advances to customers	200,950	199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading	13,611	2,614
Financial investments	20,986	17,611
Assets held for sale	24,241	0
Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Carrying value	226,028	214,175
Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Carrying value	264,505	243,858
Deposits by banks [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	15,655	12,708
Deposits by customers [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	175,885	183,146
Repurchase agreements - non trading [Member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements- non trading	17,447	1,578
Debt Securities [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Debt securities in issue	46,004	42,633
Subordinated liabilities [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Subordinated liabilities	3,758	3,793
Liabilities held for sale [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Liabilities held for sale	5,756	0
Loans and advances to banks [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to banks	2,410	3,463
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to customers	200,950	199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading [Member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading	13,611	2,614
Financial investments [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Financial investments	7,305	8,758
Assets Held For Sale [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Assets held for sale	1,752	0
Fair Value [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Carrying value	228,457	216,376
Fair Value [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Carrying value	266,289	246,148
Fair Value [member] | Deposits by banks [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	15,667	12,721
Fair Value [member] | Deposits by customers [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	175,990	183,227
Fair Value [member] | Repurchase agreements - non trading [Member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements- non trading	17,504	1,648
Fair Value [member] | Debt Securities [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Debt securities in issue	47,252	44,296
Fair Value [member] | Subordinated liabilities [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Subordinated liabilities	4,120	4,256
Fair Value [member] | Liabilities held for sale [member] | Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost, Category [Member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Liabilities held for sale	5,756	0
Fair Value [member] | Loans and advances to banks [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to banks	2,409	3,451
Fair Value [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to customers	203,578	201,667
Fair Value [member] | Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading [Member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading	13,616	2,612
Fair Value [member] | Financial investments [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Financial investments	7,121	8,646
Fair Value [member] | Assets Held For Sale [member] | Amortised Cost [member]
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Assets held for sale	£ 1,733	£ 0

XML

Financial Instruments - Fair Values of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 61,871	£ 61,446
Liabilities at fair value	31,928	51,037
Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	8,375	31,109
Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1,466	17,613
Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 1,238	2,315
Liabilities held for sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A, B, C & D
Liabilities at fair value	£ 20,849
Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	19,158	30,555
Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	3,838	19,942
Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	2,710	2,096
Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	13,681	8,853
Assets Held For Sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 22,484
Valuation technique	A, B, C & D
Level 1 [Member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 23,277	24,447
Liabilities at fair value	2,032	3,695
Level 1 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	190	3,694
Level 1 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	1
Level 1 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Liabilities held for sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1,842
Level 1 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	8,299	15,474
Level 1 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	205	184
Level 1 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	12,807	8,789
Level 1 [Member] | Assets Held For Sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	1,966
Level 2 [Member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	37,985	36,642
Liabilities at fair value	29,851	47,273
Level 2 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	8,185	27,415
Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1,428	17,549
Level 2 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1,232	2,309
Level 2 [Member] | Liabilities held for sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	19,006
Level 2 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	10,859	15,081
Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	3,776	19,878
Level 2 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	2,281	1,672
Level 2 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	699	11
Level 2 [Member] | Assets Held For Sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	20,370
Level 3 [Member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	609	357
Liabilities at fair value	45	69
Level 3 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	38	63
Level 3 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	6	6
Level 3 [Member] | Liabilities held for sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1
Level 3 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	62	64
Level 3 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	224	240
Level 3 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	175	53
Level 3 [Member] | Assets Held For Sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	148
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 3,740	8,870
Valuation technique	A
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 3,740	8,870
Debt Securities [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		5,156
Valuation technique	-
Debt Securities [member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 1,019	547
Valuation technique	A & B
Debt Securities [member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 13,506
Valuation technique	D
Debt Securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		5,156
Debt Securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 189	184
Debt Securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	12,807
Debt Securities [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	677	187
Debt Securities [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	699
Debt Securities [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	153	176
Equity Securities [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 8,264	9,662
Valuation technique	-
Equity Securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 8,264	9,662
Cash Collateral [member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 2,573	1,911
Cash Collateral [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 7,082	6,156
Valuation technique	A
Cash Collateral [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 2,573	1,911
Cash Collateral [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	7,082	6,156
Short-term Loans [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 72	711
Valuation technique	A
Short-term Loans [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 35	656
Short-term Loans [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Trading Assets [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 37	55
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 421	4,191
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 2,429	6,077
Valuation technique	A
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 421	4,176
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	2,427	6,061
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value		15
Exchange Rate Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 2	16
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A & C
Liabilities at fair value	£ 603	12,725
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 610	12,968
Valuation technique	A & C
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 603	12,720
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 610	12,956
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value		5
Interest Rate Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		12
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	B & D
Liabilities at fair value	£ 442	697
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 799	897
Valuation technique	B & D
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value		1
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 404	653
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	739	861
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	38	43
Equity and Credit Contracts [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	60	36
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 1,675	1,549
Valuation technique	A
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 175
Valuation technique	D
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 1,604	1,485
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	71	64
Loans and advances to customers [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	175
Equity Securities [member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 16
Valuation technique	B
Equity Securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 16
Available for sale debt securities [member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		8,772
Valuation technique	C
Available for sale debt securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		8,770
Available for sale debt securities [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		2
Available for sale debt securities [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		0
Available for sale equity securities [member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		81
Valuation technique	B
Available for sale equity securities [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		19
Available for sale equity securities [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		9
Available for sale equity securities [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value		53
Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements [member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 5,612	25,504
Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 5,612	25,504
Short Positions in Securities and Unsettled Trades [member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	-
Liabilities at fair value	£ 190	3,694
Short Positions in Securities and Unsettled Trades [member] | Level 1 [Member] | Trading Liabilities [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 190	3,694
Debt Securities [member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 1,095	1,635
Debt Securities [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	1,089	1,629
Debt Securities [member] | Level 3 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 6	6
Structured Deposits [member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 143	680
Structured Deposits [member] | Level 2 [Member] | Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets and liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 143	£ 680

XML

Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£)	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 1 to Level 2	£ 0	£ 0
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 2 to Level 1	0	0
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 1 to Level 3	0	0
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 3 to Level 1	0	0
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 2 to Level 3	0	0
Fair value of financial instruments transferred from Level 3 to Level 2	0	0
Loans and advances to customers	200,950,000,000	£ 199,340,000,000
Level 3 [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Loans and advances to customers	£ 285,000,000

XML

Financial Instruments - Summary of Fair Value Adjustment (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	£ 101	£ 128
Bid-Offer and Trade Specific Adjustments [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	27	34
Uncertainty [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	37	43
Credit Risk Adjustment [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	19	36
Funding Fair Value Adjustment [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	9	6
Risk Related Adjustments [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	92	119
Model-Related [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	9	8
Day One Profit [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	£ 0	£ 1

XML

Financial Instruments - Movement of Liabilities Measured at Fair Value Using Valuation Technique With Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of fair value measurement of liabilities [line items]
Beginning balance	£ (298,560)
Ending Balance	(300,063)
Level 3 [Member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of liabilities [line items]
Beginning balance	(69)	£ (80)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	(69)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	4	(7)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	5	5
Transfers in	0
Transfer to held for sale	0
Additions	0
Sales	0
Settlements	15	7
Ending Balance	(45)	(75)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	9	(2)
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value Through P&L [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of liabilities [line items]
Beginning balance	(6)	(6)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	(6)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	0	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	0	0
Transfers in	0
Transfer to held for sale	0
Additions	0
Sales	0
Settlements	0	0
Ending Balance	(6)	(6)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Liabilities [Member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of liabilities [line items]
Beginning balance	(63)	(74)
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	(63)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	4	(7)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	5	5
Transfers in	0
Transfer to held for sale	1
Additions	0
Sales	0
Settlements	15	7
Ending Balance	(38)	(69)
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	9	(2)
Level 3 [Member] | Liabilities held for sale [member]
Disclosure of fair value measurement of liabilities [line items]
Beginning balance	0	0
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	0	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	0	0
Transfers in	0
Transfer to held for sale	(1)
Additions	0
Sales	0
Settlements	0	0
Ending Balance	(1)	0
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	£ 0	£ 0

XML

Financial Instruments - Movement of Assets Measured at Fair Value Using ValuationTechnique With Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	£ 314,765
Ending Balance	316,632
Level 3 [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	357	£ 399
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	285
At 1 January 2018	642
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	17	(3)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	(5)	(5)
Transfers in	19
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		9
Transfer to held for sale	0
Additions	17
Sales	(23)	(3)
Settlements	(58)	(9)
Ending Balance	609	388
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	12	(8)
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value Through P&L [Member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	240	264
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	139
At 1 January 2018	379
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	(5)	(9)
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	0	0
Transfers in	19
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		0
Transfer to held for sale	(146)
Additions	0
Sales	(23)	(3)
Settlements	0	0
Ending Balance	224	252
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	(5)	(9)
Level 3 [Member] | Assets Held For Sale [member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	0	0
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	0	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	0	0
Transfers in	0
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		0
Transfer to held for sale	148
Additions	0
Sales	0	0
Settlements	0	0
Ending Balance	148	0
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	64	103
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	0
At 1 January 2018	64
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	26	6
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	(5)	(5)
Transfers in	0
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		0
Transfer to held for sale	(2)
Additions	0
Sales	0	0
Settlements	(21)	(9)
Ending Balance	62	95
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	21	1
Level 3 [Member] | Financial investments [member]
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Beginning balance	53	32
Adjustment for the adoption of IFRS 9	146
At 1 January 2018	199
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, fair value movements	(4)	0
Total (losses)/gains recognised in profit/loss, foreign exchange and other movements	0	0
Transfers in	0
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income		9
Transfer to held for sale	0
Additions	17
Sales	0	0
Settlements	(37)	0
Ending Balance	175	41
(Losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss on assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	£ (4)	£ 0

XML

Related Party Disclosures - Additional Information (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Related party transactions [abstract]
Amounts owed by related parties	£ 14,509	£ 5,683
Amounts owed to related parties	£ 23,663	£ 13,467

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 - Summary of Measurement Categories and Carrying Amounts of Financial Assets Determined in Accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9 (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jan. 01, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	£ (49)
Re-measurement	(211)
Ending balance before re-presentation	314,505
Beginning balance	314,505	£ 316,632	£ 314,765
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(1)
Re-measurement	(211)
Ending balance before re-presentation	199,278
Re-presentation	706
Beginning balance	199,984
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	91
Re-presentation	(91)
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	(211)
Ending balance before re-presentation	199,007
Re-presentation	977
Beginning balance	199,984
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | FVOCI [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(1)
Ending balance before re-presentation	180
Re-presentation	(180)
IFRS 9 [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	30,555
Re-presentation	(19)
Beginning balance	30,536
IFRS 9 [member] | Trading Assets [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	30,536
Re-presentation	0
Beginning balance	30,536
IFRS 9 [member] | Trading Assets [member] | FVOCI [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	19
Re-presentation	(19)
Beginning balance	0
IFRS 9 [member] | Cash and Balances at Central Banks [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	32,771
Re-presentation	0
Beginning balance	32,771
IFRS 9 [member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	19,942
Beginning balance	19,942
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(45)
Ending balance before re-presentation	2,051
Re-presentation	204
Beginning balance	2,255
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	238
Re-presentation	1,181
Beginning balance	1,419
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(45)
Ending balance before re-presentation	977
Re-presentation	(977)
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | FVTPL (Designated) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	836
Beginning balance	836
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans and advances to banks [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	3,463
Beginning balance	3,463
IFRS 9 [member] | Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading [Member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	2,464
Beginning balance	2,464
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(2)
Ending balance before re-presentation	17,609
Re-presentation	(891)
Beginning balance	16,718
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(2)
Ending balance before re-presentation	980
Re-presentation	(980)
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	1,198
Beginning balance	1,198
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | FVOCI [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	8,743
Re-presentation	199
Beginning balance	8,942
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory)1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	29
Re-presentation	(29)
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Amortised cost1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	6,578
Beginning balance	6,578
IFRS 9 [member] | Financial investments [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory)2 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Ending balance before re-presentation	81
Re-presentation	(81)
IFRS 9 [member] | Other [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-classifications	(1)
Ending balance before re-presentation	6,372
Beginning balance	6,372
IAS 39 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	199,490
IAS 39 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | Loans and receivable securities [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	199,218
IAS 39 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | Loans and receivable securities1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	181
IAS 39 [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member] | Loans and receivable securities2 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	91
IAS 39 [member] | Trading Assets [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	30,555
IAS 39 [member] | Trading Assets [member] | FVTPL [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	30,536
IAS 39 [member] | Trading Assets [member] | FVTPL1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	19
IAS 39 [member] | Cash and Balances at Central Banks [member] | Loans and receivable securities [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	32,771
IAS 39 [member] | Derivative Financial Instruments [member] | FVTPL (Trading) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	19,942
IAS 39 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	2,096
IAS 39 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | FVTPL (Designated) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	1,022
IAS 39 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | FVTPL1 (Designated) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	836
IAS 39 [member] | Financial assets designated at fair value [member] | FVTPL2 (Designated) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	238
IAS 39 [member] | Loans and advances to banks [member] | Loans and receivable securities [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	3,463
IAS 39 [member] | Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading [Member] | Loans and receivable securities [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	2,464
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	17,611
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Loans and receivable securities [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	1,198
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Loans and receivable securities1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	982
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Available for sale financial assets [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	8,743
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Available for sale financial assets1 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	29
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Held to maturity investments [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	6,578
IAS 39 [member] | Financial investments [member] | Available for sale financial assets2 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	81
IAS 39 [member] | Other [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Beginning balance	£ 6,373

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 - Summary of Measurement Categories and Carrying Amounts of Financial Assets Determined in Accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 9 (Parenthetical) (Detail) £ in Millions	Jan. 01, 2018 GBP (£)
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	£ (211)
Allowance for credit losses [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	211
IFRS 9 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Increase in deferred tax asset	68
IFRS 9 [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	211
IFRS 9 [member] | Reclassifications [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Increase in deferred tax asset	14
IFRS 9 [member] | Remeasurements [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Increase in deferred tax asset	54
Financial guarantee contracts [member] | Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9) [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	6
Financial guarantee contracts [member] | Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9) [member] | IFRS 9 [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	6
Other Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, category [member] | IFRS 9 [member] | FVTPL (Mandatory) [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Loans and receivables	1,071
Available-for-sale financial assets	110
Loans and advances to customers [member] | IFRS 9 [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Re-measurement	(211)
Loans and advances to customers [member] | IFRS 9 [member] | Amortised cost [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Social housing loans	977
Re-measurement	(211)
Loans and advances to customers [member] | IFRS 9 [member] | FVOCI [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Other loans and receivables	180
Trading Assets [member] | IFRS 9 [member] | FVOCI [member]
Transition to IFRS 9 [line items]
Other loans and receivables	£ 19

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 - Summary of Reconciliation of Loss Allowance (Detail) £ in Millions	Jan. 01, 2018 GBP (£)
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Beginning Balance	£ 940
Re-classifications	(49)
Re-measurement	(211)
Allowance for credit losses [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Re-classifications	0
Re-measurement	211
Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/ financial assets at amortized cost (IFRS 9 ) [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Beginning Balance	940
Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/ financial assets at amortized cost (IFRS 9 ) [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Re-classifications	0
Re-measurement	205
Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9) [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member] | Financial guarantee contracts [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Re-classifications	0
Re-measurement	6
IFRS 9 [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Ending Balance	1,151
IFRS 9 [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Re-measurement	211
IFRS 9 [member] | Loans & receivables (IAS 39)/ financial assets at amortized cost (IFRS 9 ) [member] | Loans and advances to customers [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Ending Balance	1,145
IFRS 9 [member] | Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9) [member] | Financial guarantee contracts [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Ending Balance	6
IFRS 9 [member] | Provisions for off-balance sheet exposures (IAS 37/IFRS 9) [member] | Allowance for credit losses [member] | Financial guarantee contracts [member]
Disclosure of reconciliation of changes in loss allowance and explanation of changes in gross carrying amount for financial instruments [line items]
Re-measurement	£ 6

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 - Summary of Reserves and Retained Earnings (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jan. 01, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		£ 190	£ 301
Retained earnings		£ 5,194	£ 4,732
Other reserves [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Reclassification of investment securities (debt and equity) from AFS to FVTPL	£ (5)
Retained Earnings [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Deferred tax asset	68
IAS 39 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	301
Retained earnings	4,732
Retained earnings and reserves	5,033
IFRS 9 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	296
Deferred tax asset	68
Retained earnings	4,545
Retained earnings and reserves	4,841
IFRS 9 [member] | Retained Earnings [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Reclassification under IFRS 9	(44)
Recognition of expected credit losses under IFRS 9	£ (211)

XML

Transition to IFRS 9 - Summary of Reserves and Retained Earnings (Parenthetical) (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Jan. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	£ 16,569	£ 16,013	£ 16,205	£ 16,250	£ 15,453
Other Reserves Available-For-Sale [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves			68	67	48
Other Reserves Available-For-Sale [member] | IAS 39 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		68
Other Reserves Cash Flow Hedging [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	143	228	228	347	471
Other Reserves Cash Flow Hedging [member] | IAS 39 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		228
Other Reserves Cash Flow Hedging [member] | IFRS 9 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		228
Other Reserves Currency Translation [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	5	5	£ 5	£ 5	£ 5
Other Reserves Currency Translation [member] | IAS 39 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		5
Other Reserves Currency Translation [member] | IFRS 9 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		5
Other Reserves Fair Value Reserves [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves	£ 42	63
Other Reserves Fair Value Reserves [member] | IFRS 9 [member]
Disclosure of reserves and retained earnings within equity [line items]
Other reserves		£ 63

XML

Ring Fencing - Additional Information (Detail) £ in Billions	Jun. 30, 2018 GBP (£)
Banco Santander London Branch [member]
Disclosure of transfers of financial assets liabilities [line items]
Customer loans	£ 0.7

XML

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale - Additional Information (Detail)	Jun. 30, 2018
Proportion of shares of subsidiary held for sale [abstract]
Percentage of voting equity interests acquired	100.00%

XML

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale - Summary of Assets and Liabilities Expected to be Transferred (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Assets
Trading assets	£ 19,158	£ 30,555
Derivative financial instruments	3,838	19,942
Other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss	2,710	2,096
Loans and advances to banks	2,410	3,463
Loans and advances to customers	200,950	199,340
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading	13,611	2,614
Financial investments	20,986	17,611
Other assets	2,907	2,511
Total assets held for sale	24,241	0
Liabilities
Deposits by banks	15,655	12,708
Deposits by customers	175,885	183,146
Trading liabilities	8,375	31,109
Derivative financial instruments	1,466	17,613
Other liabilities	2,847	2,730
Total liabilities held for sale	26,616	£ 0
Held For Sale [member]
Assets
Trading assets	1,967
Derivative financial instruments	19,694
Other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss	823
Loans and advances to banks	506
Loans and advances to customers	1,068
Reverse repurchase agreements- non trading	74
Financial investments	104
Other assets	5
Liabilities
Deposits by banks	31
Deposits by customers	5,725
Trading liabilities	1,842
Derivative financial instruments	19,007
Other liabilities	11
Net liabilities held for sale	£ (2,375)

XML

Events After the Balance Sheet Date (Detail) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jul. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Jan. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Disclosure of non-adjusting events after reporting period [line items]
Assets		£ 316,632	£ 314,505	£ 314,765
Liabilities		£ 300,063		£ 298,560
Ring Fencing Plan [member] | Banco Santander Group [member]
Disclosure of non-adjusting events after reporting period [line items]
Assets	£ 22,900
Liabilities	£ 20,700